PlanetWare.com

16 Best Places to Visit in Winter in the UK

Written by Shandley McMurray Updated Nov 13, 2023

The UK is a beautiful place to visit at any time of year, but there's something about winter that brings out its true magic. Thatched roofs loaded with snow, frost-laden meadows, and outdoor skating rinks make everything feel festive and fun in winter.

Climb the snow-covered tors in Devon's Dartmoor National Park , browse London's Christmas markets , or sled through the Scottish Highlands . There are so many great places to visit in winter in the UK. Plus, you won't have to fight the spring crowds or balk at summer's high prices.

While it would be nice if the UK was all fluffy white flakes and bright blue skies during winter, that's not always the case. More often than not, its famously rainy countries will be plagued by cold drizzle, so pack an umbrella, waterproof boots (a.k.a. wellies), and a few extra layers of clothing.

Now that you know what to pack, plan your chilly but fun journey with our list of the best places to visit in winter in the UK.

Edinburgh, Scotland

York, england, isle of skye, scotland, the cotswolds, england, london, england, canterbury, england, bath, england, dartmoor national park, england, cairngorms national park, scotland, oxford, england, the lake district, england, brecon beacons, wales, cambridge, england, the new forest national park, hampshire, england, isle of rona, scotland, st. ives, cornwall, map of places to visit in winter in the uk.

Edinburgh on a snowy winter's day

Scotland's capital is majestic in every season. Add a sprinkling of snow and festive lights to the mix of ancient buildings and cobbled streets, and you've got yourself some romance. Did we mention the towering Edinburgh Castle perched atop a hill? Told you it was a magical setting, especially in winter.

Visit before the holidays and you'll be treated to the adorable Christmas markets, extravagant lights, and festive music on offer as part of the Edinburgh Winter Festival . This multi-day extravaganza lights up the city's already charming streets and boasts a fair-like festive atmosphere that draws crowds from across the UK. Lace-up a pair of rental skates and swirl your way around an outdoor ice rink, with St. Andrew Square and Murrayfield Ice Rink top of the list.

Those who visit for New Year's (a.k.a. Hogmanay ), one of the most popular holidays in the country, are in for a treat. Edinburgh celebrates the first of January with a three-day event. We're talking street parties, torchlight processions, and concerts. It ends with a bang fireworks style on the 31 st .

  • Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in Edinburgh

York Minster

Like Edinburgh, York also plays host to festive Christmas markets. The famous and award-winning St. Nicholas Fair takes up most of the city's streets, runs from mid-November through to Christmas, and regularly attracts upwards of a million visitors each season. An outdoor ice rink, carol singers, a giant lighted tree, and a vast market featuring 100 wooden chalets line Parliament Street and St. Sampson's Square .

Grab a hot chocolate and wander around the historic Shambles , where you'll be transported to the 13 th century. A narrow street lined by medieval buildings made of timber, it is perfectly captivating and boasts a wide selection of eclectic shops and a Yuletide Village featuring local arts and crafts.

When you've had enough festive cheer, head to the town's crown jewel: the Gothic York Minster. You won't have to jostle through crowds to enjoy the hallowed walls of this top attraction. If you can, try to make it one of the Minster's wonderful Christmas Carol Concerts , as well as the York Minster Christmas Tree Festival.

Another fun thing to do in York in winter is to walk atop the city's ancient walls to enjoy unbeatable vistas without the foot traffic that plagues warmer months.

  • Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in York, England

The Fairy Pools on the Isle of Skye backed by the snowcapped Black Cuillin Mountains

Scotland's Isle of Skye is one of the most enchanting places in the UK, and possibly the world. This star of the inner Hebrides region has everything you'd hope for in a Scottish vacation, including castles, mountains, and fairy glens. As long as you dress warmly, you can enjoy them all.

Slip on a warm coat and waterproofs for a trip to the Fairy Pools . While you won't want to jump in for a swim (even in summer they're freezing), these lovely pools are worthy of a visit.

Bring your camera, as you'll want to snap a zillion photos of the warm winter light reflecting off the pools and the snowcapped Black Cuillin Mountains towering above them. Speaking of light, winter visitors get an added bonus: it's much easier to catch a sunrise at this time of year.

During summer, the sun makes an appearance at 4am (talk about early!). In winter, it doesn't rise until a more acceptable 9am. The sun begins to set around 3:30pm, showering the sky with remarkable pink hues and sometimes rainbows. If you're lucky, you may spot the northern lights .

While winter may not be the most popular or best time to visit Scotland, it is the cheapest, so you'll be saving a pretty penny when traveling at this time.

Read More: Top Tourist Attractions in the Isle of Skye

Snow-covered Castle Combe village in the Cotswolds

You'll be hard-pressed to find a more entrancingly beautiful place than the Cotswolds, especially when the region's tiny ancient towns are blanketed with snow. Grab a sled and hurl yourself down the hills near Broadway Tower or don hiking boots to marvel at the shimmering meadows of the Malvern Hills.

Then, head to the area's real showstoppers: its storybook villages . Cobblestone laneways, honey-colored stone buildings, and quaint thatched-roof cottages pepper each town, upping the charm factor dramatically. You won't be able to stop yourself from taking photographs and uttering an audible "ahh" (or 20) over its overt loveliness.

Popular towns like Castle Combe , Bibury , Bourton-on-the-Water , and Painswick are charming at all times but look even more phenomenal without the hordes of tourists that bombard their tiny streets in spring and summer.

Book a husky ride with Arctic Quest Sled Dog Adventures . Based in Tewkesbury , this creative company offers exciting sled dog adventures you won't forget. No snow? No problem. Arctic Quest also has unique sleds with wheels, so you'll get a full "mush" experience (where you're pulled behind a team of huskies) whatever the weather. After your ride, warm up at the campfire with a hot chocolate.

London in the winter

There are many reasons to visit London in winter. The city is adorned with festiveness, stretching from the banks of the Thames River to the vibrant streets near Trafalgar Square . Once it snows, which happens rarely, the city becomes a unique utopia made even more beautiful by the recent dusting.

Take the opportunity to enjoy an empty Tower of London , and snap selfies on the now much quieter streets near Westminster Abbey and Big Ben . Then, skate outside the Natural History Museum or book tickets to a pantomime (a.k.a. "panto") for extra fun.

London's biggest (and busiest) celebration of the season is the spectacular Hyde Park Winter Wonderland . Set in the city's largest green space, this unique take on a Christmas Market runs for six weeks from mid-November through to New Year's Day and features everything from fairground rides to entertainment, shopping, and countless food experiences.

Shoppers unite at Covent Garden , which is peppered with local artisans selling their unique wares. Stick around for one of the impromptu concerts and prepare to be entertained (whether you want to or not) by the numerous buskers.

Those hoping for more highbrow finds head to the city's most celebrated and impressively decorated shopping district found along Regent and Oxford Streets . Snap photos of the adorable window decorations on Carnaby Street (just east of Regent Street) on your way to Hamley's , the city's best toy shop.

Canterbury Cathedral

The county of Kent is so attractive it was dubbed the "Garden of England" by Henry VIII. Rolling hills, dramatic cliffs, and medieval towns make this an unmissable locale, even in winter. Of all the region's beautiful cities, Canterbury is the most captivating.

Like most large English cities, Canterbury plays host to Christmas markets in late November through December and boasts festive lights that stay up much longer to enhance the charming cobblestone streets.

A trip to Canterbury Cathedral is a must. Gothic towers adorn this UNESCO World Heritage Site, stretching so high above the streets that they're impossible to miss. In its shadow lies King's Mile , a collection of winding streets spotted with independent shops and eateries selling everything from cheese to art.

The Pulteney bridge over the Avon River in Bath

Arguably one of England's most elegant and gorgeous cities, Bath thrives during the winter months. The town's Christmas Market has been voted one of the best in the country and features over 170 chalets selling unique gifts and tasty treats set within ancient streets lined by Georgian buildings.

Every November, the city hosts the annual Bath Mozartfest , a nine-day festival honoring the famed composer as well as his contemporaries like Beethoven and Schubert. Over 16 concerts are performed by world-class musicians in some of the town's most beautiful venues.

Bath's main attraction is over 2,000 years old and a perfect place to warm up. Established in 75 BCE, the award-winning Roman Baths boast ancient hot springs and an enviable spa. They also stay open for twilight hours and offer special three-course holiday meals in the on-site Pump Room Restaurant .

Bath Abbey is particularly enchanting when draped with snow. Head inside for some warmth, and admire the stained-glass windows (the King Edgar Window is incredibly intricate) and carved angels found throughout the building.

Visiting nearby Longleat (a stately home with its own safari park) is a must. Each winter, they decorate the home and park with dazzling outdoor exhibits, including an amazing display of Chinese lanterns as part of the Festival of Light .

  • Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in Bath

Sunrise on a snowy morning in Dartmoor National Park

Moody and romantic, England's moors are the stuff of dreams and fairy tales: just read a novel by Emily Brontë!

A sprinkling of snow on Dartmoor National Park transforms this beautiful landscape into a magical winter wonderland. Add roaming ponies, sheep, and cows to the scenery, and you've got a wonderfully bucolic setting.

Located in Devon, a beautiful county on England's west coast , Dartmoor is beloved by outdoor adventurists. Deep river valleys, towering tors, and golden heaths mark this rugged landscape, inviting visitors to bike, hike, raft, or climb its granite boulders. Some even pack a sled (or sledge, as it's known in the UK).

Pack warm, waterproof layers and be prepared to encounter all types of precipitation during your winter visit. Everything from heavy mist to pounding rain to sleet to snow to ice can envelop the area within a day.

River Luineag flowing into Loch Morlich in the Cairngorms National Park

Sometimes you come upon a place so beautiful, it takes your breath away. Cairngorms National Park is one of these places. While beautiful in all seasons, there's something about winter that ups the picturesque qualities, not to mention the tranquillity, of this Scottish gem.

Located in the Scottish Highlands , Cairngorms National Park presents visitors with a slew of things to do. Its high elevation almost ensures enough snow to ski, sled, or snowshoe during the winter months. Plus, the lack of leaves at this time makes it easier to spot the incredible wildlife.

Enjoy skiing? Hit the slopes at one of the area's three ski resorts: CairnGorm Mountain , Lecht , or Glenshee .

Winter at All Souls College in Oxford

Oxford is one of the oldest and most majestic cities in England. History seeps from every crevice of this famed university town, which is spotted with some of the country's most impressive architecture.

It's best to visit the spectacular medieval buildings on foot. Walking tours of all types, including sightseeing tours and those aimed at fans of J.R.R. Tolkien and Harry Potter movie buffs, are available to book at the Visitor Information Center on Broad Street .

On your journey, you'll pass iconic structures like the Bodleian Library and Christ Church Cathedral , which are made even more stunning when sprinkled with snow. For a bird's-eye view, visit Carfax Tower in the center of town before being tempted by the shops and restaurants lining the pretty High Street .

Or climb the tower at the University Church of St. Mary the Virgin. It boasts impressive city and countryside vistas. At night, catch a concert or play at the Sheldonian Theater on Broad Street .

  • Read More: Top-Rated Places to Visit in Oxford

A winter morning at Rydal in the English Lake District

Cumbria is home to a truly phenomenal area of natural beauty: The Lake District . In addition to the 16 lakes that inspired the region's name, there are majestic mountains, the tallest of which is Scafell Pike ; verdant valleys; and romantic moors. But the fun doesn't stop there.

The towns of the Lake District put on a wonderful show at this time of year. Christmas markets filled with independent booths selling unique gifts spring up all over, including the towns of Windermere , Ambleside , Hawkshead , and Cockermouth .

Ulverston brings life to the classic Charles Dicken's holiday tale, A Christmas Carol . Each year, this historic market town transforms its streets into Dickensian-era markets featuring street performances and residents roaming the area in period costumes at the Ulverston Dickensian Christmas Festival .

Snowcapped mountains in the Brecon Beacons, Wales

Winter really is the best season to see a mountain range, and the Brecon Beacons are more than worthy of a visit during the coldest months. One of the best tourist attractions in South Wales , this dramatic range is breathtakingly beautiful, and it covers over 46,000 hectares.

If you're hoping to hike (which is the best way to experience these peaks), we suggest gearing up properly and pre-planning your route. Don't head out if the weather is bad, tell a friend where you're going, and be aware of the tide schedule so you don't get caught.

Now that you're ready, head to the Begwyns . An easy 3.2-kilometer walking trail offers unsurpassable views without the need to hike up mountains. Plus, it only takes about an hour, so you won't get too cold.

Hoping for a more difficult trek? The Cwm Llwch from Cwm Gwdi Walk is a challenging way to summit Britain's highest mountain, Pen y Fan . It's almost 13 kilometers long, involves a climb of 576 meters, and will take about five hours to complete.

KIng's College Chapel in Cambridge

Wonderful things happen in Cambridge, and we're not just talking about the discoveries made by the city's talented university scholars. Punting along the River Cam is one of the most popular activities in Cambridge , even during the winter.

Each year, the city hosts the Big Christmas Lights Switch On , which happens in mid-November. A couple of weeks later, visitors are presented with the Mill Road Winter Fair . Here, they are treated to festive music, tasty treats, and even dancing in the streets.

Join in the fun in Parker's Piece Park , where you can show off your skating skills on the covered outdoor ice rink. When you've had enough, warm up at a cozy cafe with a hot chocolate topped with marshmallows.

Horses grazing in New Forest National Park

England's New Forest National Park is a magical place filled with wild ponies, winding nature trails, and vast fields. The best thing to do in the New Forest is wander, exploring this natural wonderland either on foot or on a bicycle.

Set aside three hours (or two if you prefer walking at a faster pace) and head to Brockenhurst . From here, pick up the Buckland Rings Trail . It will guide you through the dense Roydon Woods nature reserve and over Setley Plain . Finally, you'll arrive at Buckland Rings, a historic site that served as a hill fort during the Iron Age.

Who says you can't enjoy water-based activities in the winter? Certainly not the New Forest Activities center. They boast kayaking, canoeing, and other fun adventures (including land-based activities) throughout the year. No matter what activities you choose, you'll be in awe of the winter landscape in the New Forest.

When it's time to warm your toes by a fire and enjoy a toasty stew, head to Lyndhurst. One of the best small towns in England , this little charmer lies in the heart of the New Forest.

View towards the Isle of Rona

A winter vacation to the Isle of Rona is about as cozy and romantic as you can get in the UK. A small and remote island located between the Isle of Skye and western Scotland, this teeny isle (it's only five miles long) is home to only two permanent residents and four cottages; three of which can be rented.

The cottages are lovely, fronted with stone and topped with slate. They boast underfloor heating and wood burners, so you'll easily beat the chill of a Scottish winter. With no shops or even roads on the island, be prepared to go off grid. You'll have to bring your food and drink with you. Think of it like camping but in luxurious accommodations.

The island itself is what people gravitate towards. It's peppered with varied terrain so beautiful that you'll forget about feeling wet and cold. Secret lochs and coves, rocky outcroppings, mossy woodlands, and of course, the dramatic Sound of Raasay . Wild animals like the red deer, otter, and seals populate the island, and various species of birds can be spotted.

Getting here isn't easy. You'll have to board a boat in Portree, and it only runs once a week. The trip takes about an hour and the walk to your cottage is about a kilometer away.

Harbour at St. Ives in winter

The charming seaside town of St. Ives in Cornwall is not only one of the best places to visit in winter in the UK for its stunning scenery, but it's also one of the mildest spots in the country at this time of year . Temperatures in this most south-westerly corner of the UK are generally a few degrees warmer, with snow a rarity. It also experiences less rainfall, too, which makes getting outdoors and exploring this lovely coastal town a pleasure at any time of year.

If you can visit in the lead-up to Christmas and New Year, so much the better. December brings with it a wide array of fun things to do in St. Ives, from a lovely lantern parade to a Christmas Market showcasing gifts and crafts made by local artisans. You'll also want to attend a pantomime. These family-friendly sendups of famous fairy tales are held at St. Ives Theatre and are a hoot for all ages, with plenty of jeering and booing expected from the audience.

The post-Christmas period is another good time to visit, with polar dips on Boxing Day for hardy types not averse to a cold swim. New Year's Eve is also fun, with a carnival and parade attracting residents and visitors dressed up in colorful costumes.

Even if you miss the festive season, the stunning coastline around St. Ives offers up memorable experiences of its own. Coastal walks , especially around the South West Coast Path, can be exceptionally atmospheric and beautiful during the winter months.

More Related Articles on PlanetWare.com

image

More Places to Visit in Winter: The UK isn't the only spectacular spot to visit at the end of the year. If you're looking to ski, skate, or have a snowball fight, check out these awesome winter holidays with snow . Want a winter romance? Head to Prague between December and February.

image

Other Places to See in the UK: Whether you're hoping to soak up history in York , luxuriate at a spa in Bath , or spy the King in Windsor , you'll love these fun weekend getaways in England . For more of an outdoor adventure, head to these gorgeous tourist attractions in Wales .

instagram logo

More on England

England Travel Guide

UK Travel Planning

Visiting the UK in winter (Ultimate guide + top tips)

By: Author Tracy Collins

Posted on Last updated: June 8, 2023

Are you visiting the UK in winter (or considering it!) and want to know the best places to visit and must-do experiences? We have you covered with UK winter travel inspiration plus practical tips to make the most of your trip wherever you go.

Many people assume that the UK is nothing but rain and chilly weather during winter. However, it’s actually one of the best times to visit. The UK in the colder months of winter can be magical with picture-perfect landscapes, festive activities and cosy pubs where you can warm up with a hot drink or enjoy a delicious meal after spending the day making the most of your UK holiday. 

In this article, discover the advantages (and disadvantages) of planning a winter vacation in the UK, the best places to visit (and must-do experiences to include in your UK itinerary), the best places to stay plus answers to frequently answered questions. We have also included practical tips to ensure your visit is as comfortable as possible.

London Christmas lights.

Advantages of visiting the UK in winter

Disadvantages of visiting the uk in winter, the lake district , peak district, scottish highlands, the cotswolds.

  • Bannau Brycheiniog (formally known as the Brecon Beacons)

Northumberland

Dartmoor national park, when is winter in the uk, how many hours of daylight are there in the uk in winter, is it better to visit the uk in winter or during other times of the year, how cold is the uk in winter, what to pack for the uk in winter, how can i travel around the uk in winter.

  • If you're planning a trip to the UK in winter add these experiences to your bucket list.

Planning your UK trip

Visiting the uk in winter.

  • For those on a budget visiting the UK during the winter months is ideal. From about November through to February (excluding December, Christmas, and New Year) is considered low season with accommodation cheaper than at other times of the year.
  • In the winter major attractions are not as busy. For example, you’ll often be able to enjoy iconic London attractions such as the London Eye or Buckingham Palace without the long queues.
  • Many UK cities, towns and villages have a festive feel with Christmas lights, decorations and other seasonal treats including traditional foods such as mince pies which you can enjoy without the hustle and bustle of large crowds. 
  • Many towns and cities in the United Kingdom hold specific activities to celebrate the festive season. York, Edinburgh, and Birmingham are among the numerous cities that feature an annual Christmas market where you can sample traditional cuisine, crafts, and entertainment.
  • You can cosy up in a friendly fire-lit pub with a glass of mulled wine or craft beer.
  • If you want to experience a genuine English Christmas with roast dinners, family time walks in the snow, and seasonal markets, visiting the UK during the winter is a must.
  • The winter months provide a unique atmosphere to the countryside, with frost-covered fields and often clear bright blue skies.
  • There is the possibility of taking part in special events such as Hogmanay in Edinburgh.
  • The days are shorter. If you don’t like getting up early or staying out late, then visiting during the winter period (November – February) may not be for you. In addition, many attractions (including National Trust properties ) close or have shorter opening hours. This means you may not be able to see and do as much as you want.
  • The weather can be cold especially if you are visiting places in northern England, Scotland or other parts of the UK where snowfalls are common during winter. 
  • Winter is the rainiest season of the year so car journeys can take longer due to poor visibility. 
  • Snow and ice make road travel more challenging and may make it harder for you to get around.

Best places to visit in the UK in winter

Edinburgh fireworks at Hogmanay is a popular event in the UK in winter.

Edinburgh is one of the best destinations to visit in the UK in winter and particularly during the festive period. The Scottish capital hosts numerous events and activities in the build-up to Christmas including a fantastic light show on Princes Street Gardens where more than 1,000 fairy lights are switched on for the Festival of Lights. 

Every year in early December the Edinburgh International Christmas Market in nearby George Street welcomes visitors from all over Europe to sample a variety of festive treats and enjoy live entertainment.

In addition, the city’s streets are adorned with beautiful wreaths and garlands, while families travel from far and wide to see one of the largest decorated trees in the UK in the centre of the city.

The start of a new year is heralded with one of the best street parties on earth at Hogmanay, the world-renowned Scottish New Year. 

The city centre is closed to traffic for the huge street party on 31 December where up to 100,000 people join in a mass rendition of Auld Lang Syne (the New Year song) at the stroke of midnight. 

Edinburgh’s Hogmanay celebrations continue until mid-morning with a family fireworks display and live music.

Read more about visiting Edinburgh

York street at night.

York is one of the most popular UK tourist destinations during winter with over 1 million visitors every year enjoying all that this charming city has to offer including its spectacular medieval architecture, cobbled streets, York Minister, Shambles, and Jorvik Viking Centre.

There is a fantastic line-up of events and activities including its renowned Christmas Market on the city’s famous Shambles that offers more than 200 stalls selling handicrafts, food, drink and festive gifts plus fun for all the family with traditional entertainment and children’s rides.

Visitors come from far and wide to see the magnificent York Minster bedecked in its Christmas finery and there are also visits with Father Christmas.

Read more about visiting York

Lake District lake and mountains with snow.

The Lake District is one of the most popular UK tourist destinations with a staggering 14.9 million visitors a year. The area has been immortalised in poems by William Wordsworth and visited by famous authors from Beatrix Potter to Arthur Ransome who have all fallen in love with this beautiful corner of England.

The Lake District offers spectacular walks and cycle routes, unrivalled scenery and fabulous pubs for cosy winter nights beside roaring log fires. Visitors can also see the area by boat on one of its many lakes or sample some traditional English ales at one of the country’s finest breweries.

Read more about visiting the Lake District

LINK BOXES FOR OTHER POSTS FOR UKTP

The UK capital winter attractions include the Tower of London , Kensington Palace, the Natural History Museum , ZSL London Zoo and Kew Gardens as well as numerous events such as Winter Wonderland at Hyde Park (think rides, food and drink and a giant observation wheel) and a festive Christmas Day Parade.

The city’s famous landmarks are also lit up for the festive period with a spectacular display of more than 80,000 Christmas lights on Oxford Street stretching from Selfridge’s to the Marble Arch end. 

Head for a show (or a pantomime), book an afternoon tea or partake in a little retail therapy in some of London’s best-known shops (Harrods anyone?)

Walking tours with an eerie or macabre twist are popular over the winter months especially Jack the Ripper or those where a ghostly apparition may make an appearance.

Read – Guide to visiting London in winter & 21 festive things to do in London in December

Bath in the snow.

Bath is possibly one of the most romantic destinations in the UK during winter. A Roman spa city, Bath was built on natural hot springs that bubble up from the ground. Visitors can still enjoy a soak in the thermal baths today while appreciating its elegant Georgian architecture.

Winter visitors can enjoy all of Bath’s attractions including the Fashion Museum (celebrating fashion over the past 300 years), The Jane Austen Centre ( guided tours of her Georgian home ) and Royal Crescent (Bath’s famous curved row of houses, designed by John Wood).

Enjoy Bath’s iconic streets lit up for Christmas as part of the city’s festive celebrations. 

Read more about visiting Bath

Peak District in winter with snow.

The Peak District is one of the most popular UK tourist destinations during winter with over 1.8 million visitors every year enjoying the spectacular scenery, quaint towns and villages and tranquil countryside that this beautiful national park has to offer. 

Visitors come to see the area by bike, walk, run or simply soak up the atmosphere in one of its cosy pubs beside a roaring log fire. On offer are over 400km of trails covering gentle rambles to challenging hikes suitable for all abilities.

One of the most popular destinations in the Peak District during winter is Chatsworth House near Bakewell , one of Britain’s finest stately homes. Visitors can enjoy a range of festive activities and special events including its popular festive illuminated walk, Christmas exhibition tour and Christmas market.

Read more about visiting the Peak District

Scottish Highland road with snow.

Visitors come to the Scottish Highlands in winter for its stunning scenery, fantastic walking trails and cosy pubs by roaring log fires. The area is an outdoor lover’s dream with spectacular mountain scenery, lochs, glens and vast stretches of moorland perfect for long walks or cycle rides. There are over 500 Munros (mountains over 3,000 feet) to discover plus other challenging hiking trails.

During the winter, visitors to the Cairngorms National Park are almost certain to encounter snow, making snowshoeing, skiing, ice skating, and tobogganing popular winter sports. Tours of whisky distilleries are also on offer!

If the northern lights are on your bucket list the Scottish Highlands in winter offer the best chance of seeing them.

Read more about visiting the Scottish Highlands

Cotswold villages with frost on the ground and a red phone box.

Visitors to the Cotswolds can enjoy a mix of cosy rural pubs, beautiful villages and picture-perfect Cotswold stone cottages which are adorned with Christmas lights during the festive season.

Take a winter walk and explore the quaint villages of Bourton on the Water or Bibury and enjoy the beauty of frosty mornings before popping into a local cafe to warm up with morning tea and cake.

There is also a fantastic calendar of events including horse racing at Cheltenham Racecourse, Carols at Bourton-on-the-Water and magical nativity scenes.

Read more about visiting the Cotswolds

Bannau Brycheiniog ( formally known as the Brecon Beacons )

Aerial view of the Brecon Beacons.

Bannau Brycheiniog in Wales is one of the UK’s top walking destinations and with over 900 miles of footpaths visitors can enjoy exploring the beautiful countryside on foot. Well-maintained trails include the popular Beacons Way which follows the path of a disused railway line and takes about 6 days to complete.

There are also numerous activities offered in the region including mountain biking, caving, kayaking and canoeing. Visitors can enjoy New Year’s Eve at Cardiff City Hall with an evening of food and entertainment followed by a spectacular fireworks display over the bay.

Winter view over Northumberland landscape.

Northumberland National Park is England’s largest national park covering some 21% of this north eastern county of England. Visitors come to enjoy its stunning scenery, dramatic coastline and peaceful rural villages . 

The park is perfect for outdoor activities including walking, cycling (road or mountain), climbing, running or horse riding across the beautiful landscape. The area also has a vibrant culture and tradition with numerous creative industries on offer throughout the winter including art, craft and music plus an exciting calendar of festive events.

Take a drive along the Northumberland coastal route and stop along the way at some of the beautiful seaside towns, villages and castles. Pop into the famous Barter Books in Alnwick with its open fires and comfy chairs – perfect on a cold winter’s day.

Belfast City Hall.

Northern Ireland is home to some of the most spectacular scenery in the whole of the UK with rolling hills, coastal shores and lush countryside. 

In Belfast, visitors can enjoy celebrations such as festivals, markets and events over the festive period including ice skating at City Hall Square (Boutique Winter Festival), Belfast’s Christmas boat parade on the River Lagan and a spectacular firework display at Titanic Slipways.

In winter, Belfast has a packed events calendar with everything from live entertainment, markets and food festivals to culture and theatre.

Dartmoor in the snow.

Dartmoor is a vast expanse of unspoilt and stunning countryside in South Devon. Visitors enjoy walking, cycling and horseriding over the rolling landscape as well as exploring local villages and towns including historic Okehampton and picturesque Tavistock.

The area is also home to Dartmoor National Park Visitor Centre which offers award-winning exhibitions about Dartmoor’s fascinating wildlife (including the famous ponies which roam Dartmoor), landscapes and cultural heritage. The site boasts a café, shop and free exhibition galleries packed with interactive exhibits for all the family to enjoy.

For an unforgettable New Year celebration in Dartmoor why not join one of the Bronze Age Nights themed events where guests can enjoy storytelling around a campfire, horseriding and marshmallow toasting. These events take place throughout the winter season so visitors can enjoy experiencing time-honoured festivities from years gone by!

Read more about visiting Devon

FAQs – Visiting the UK in winter

Red phone boxes covered in snow in London.

Winter officially runs from 1 December to 31 March. During December, January and February you are more likely to experience colder weather than at other times of the year.

During December the UK gets an average of only 8 hours of daylight. In Scotland, the shortest day has just under 7 hours of daylight.

It depends on what you want your holiday experience to be like. Travelling during summer will give you a chance to enjoy warm temperatures and take advantage of long sunny days.

Visiting between spring and autumn provides a better chance of nice weather and you’ll avoid the crowds. But there’s something truly special about visiting the UK at Christmas time plus of course it has the added benefits of lower costs and fewer tourists!

Read more – When is the best time to visit the UK?

If you’re visiting the United Kingdom in the winter (the coldest months), you should prepare for cold and damp with temperatures averaging around 5°C (41°F) but as low as -4°C (25°F) in northern parts of Scotland. 

Expect more than the odd rainy day (after all it is the UK!)

“There’s no such thing as bad weather, just the wrong clothes.” (Alfred Wainwright) It can get pretty chilly in the UK in winter so packing a waterproof winter coat and boots, warm clothes and a hat, scarf and gloves are all recommended. 

We recommend wearing layers so you can adjust your clothing to suit the environment as it can be stifling in shops and on public transport in winter.

Read more – What to pack for the UK (all seasons)

If you’re planning to hire a car for your UK winter visit, check the weather forecast beforehand so that you know what conditions to expect. Driving in winter can be challenging especially on wet roads or if there’s ice and snow. 

If you are travelling by train and there is an adverse weather forecast check the status of your train on the National Rail Enquiries website.

Read more – UK transportation guide

Open fire with 2 glasses of beer in a pub.

If you’re planning a trip to the UK in winter add these experiences to your bucket list.

English lane with snow.

  • See a pantomime dame perform as your favourite festive character. There are pantomimes at theatres across the country, from London’s West End to small village halls.
  • Take a walk in one of England’s national parks: choose Snowdonia in Wales or the Peak District and Yorkshire Dales in northern England for snowy landscapes and mountains capped with white snow – perfect if you like walking and winter sports.
  • Spend Boxing Day (Dec 26) shopping in the sales. If you’re a fan of bargain hunting and limited edition, luxury pieces – it’s the one day to take advantage of great discounts.
  • Try out your ice skating skills at Somerset House in London, Manchester’s Platt Fields Park or Hyde Park in Leeds.
  • Visit the world’s most festive capital city, where everything is beautifully lit up with Christmas lights. Spend an afternoon wandering around Oxford Street to see the window displays in department stores.
  • Visit some of the UK’s Christmas markets for local crafts, food and gifts for family and friends.
  • Try mulled wine or hot chocolate with homemade mince pies.
  • Snuggle up in a warm cosy pub with an open fire.
  • Go to a carol service or even sing in one if you are brave enough. Singing is not mandatory but it does add to the festive spirit of the occasion!
  • Go to the New Year’s Eve party in Edinburgh.
  • See Edinburgh, Bath, York or other UK cities illuminated with festive lights.

Night in London with snow and twinkling lights in the trees.

If you want to drink mulled cider (or wine) in a cosy pub, toast marshmallows over an open fire and enjoy some festive cheer then the winter (and especially December) is the perfect time to visit the UK!

  • When to visit – Guide to UK seasons
  • UK travel inspiration – Staycation guide
  • Planning – Plan your UK trip in 10 easy steps
  • Accommodation – Where to stay
  • Book your trip – Best UK booking sites

Visiting the UK (seasonal guides)

  • UK in autumn (fall)
  • UK in summer
  • UK in spring

Visiting London (monthly & seasonal guides)

  • London in winter
  • London in spring
  • London in December (and podcast)
  • London in January
  • London in February
  • London in March
  • London in April

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog

12 Day Trips From London in Winter To Get Cosy in!

Categories England , London , U.K , Winter Travel

Let’s take a look day trips from London in Winter! London is a great place to see more of the UK from and there are so many easy day trips from London to do and so many day trips from London by train especially.

However, not all of the top London day trips are good all year round. On a bitterly cold winters day , or a wet and windy day I wouldn’t like to be beside the seaside in Brighton, or in a field seeing Stonehenge which are usually day trips from London I’d recommend!

These are NOT the best trips from London in Winter!

So if you’re in London and the UK between November and March (because winter comes early and ends late in the UK!), below are great ideas for a winter day trip from London.

Day Trips From London in Winter

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter

These are places that are more secluded from the wind , places where you can sightsee indoors , enjoy cute cafes , get cosy , and throughout December they are full of Christmas magic !

  • If you are visiting London in Winter too, be sure to check out my winter tips and tricks for London:
  • 13 Things To Do in London in Winter Suggested by a Local!
  • Things To Do in London When it Rains, That Are Inside!
  • 10 Tips for How to Visit London in Winter, and Enjoy it!

Find What You're Looking For Easily Here:

Oxford is one of the most popular day trips from London and luckily it is also one of the best day trips from London in Winter.

The top things to do in Oxford include visiting it’s historic and impressive Oxford Castle and the many College and University buildings which are all mainly inside, so if you happen to visit oxford on a rainy day , you can hop from inside attraction to inside attraction without a problem.

To help you get around you could also purchase a hop on hop off bus ticket so you don’t have to walk outside too much if it’s wet and cold.

Oxford is home to many cute cafes and pubs where you can warm up. I recommend a cosy afternoon tea or lunch at Vaults & Garden Cafe which is in an amazing location next to the Radcliffe Camera building.

One of the most popular things to do in Oxford is to go out on the river and go punting which isn’t the best idea on a windy and wet day, but if you go down to the river on your winters day trip from London to Oxford, you might be able to find a boat which is covered to go out on.

Related Post: More Things To Do in Oxford on a Day Trip From London!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Oxford

How to get to Oxford from London?

A direct London to Oxford by train is the best and quickest way. You can take the London Paddington Station to Oxford Station train in 1 hour. Buy tickets on The Train Line Here!

Windsor is one of the easy day trips from London because of how close it is, just 1 hour by train! Windsor Castle is the main attraction in Windsor and when you visit the Castle most of the sightseeing is inside which makes it one of the perfect day trips from London to do in the winter!

Windsor is a popular place and in the Summer it gets very busy with tourists however come Winter, there are a lot fewer tourists so you will get a more pleasant experience seeing Windsor Castle and there will be fewer people in the pretty little lanes around Windsor .

The castle still gets busy in Winter through as Windsor is one of the popular weekend trips from London in winter so be sure to buy a ticket for Windsor Castle in advance here !

To keep warm you can walk the 5km walking track from the Castle through the Castle Park which is an iconic thing to do in Windsor.

To help you get around Windsor, especially on a wet and cold day, I recommend booking onto the hop on hop off bus so you can learn about the city, and stay warm inside the bus !

If you are looking for one of the best day trips from London in December and London Christmas day trips, Windsor is filled with Christmas tree’s and Christmas lights come December so this is a great option!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Windsor

How to get to Windsor from London?

London to Windsor by train is the best way to do this winter day trip from London. Take the London Paddington Station to Windsor and Eton Riverside Station train in just 1 hour making this one of the best day trips from London by train in Winter. Buy tickets on The Train Line Here and buy them early to get the best price!

Things to do in Windsor:

You’ll be pleased to hear that the historic city of Bath has thermal Baths you can visit making Bath one of the great day trips from London in Winter!

Be sure to book a slot in advance at the Thermae Bath Spa which is Britains original natural thermal spa where you can relax in a rooftop pool in steaming thermal water with an amazing view of the city below, now that’s how you see a city in winter! Just remember to pack swimwear!

There are plenty of outdoor places to see in Bath like the Royal Cresent but also indoor museums and places to visit like the Roman Baths Museum and Jane Austen Centre . To help you get around Bath when it’s cold and especially if it rains when you’re in Bath, you can use the hop on hop off bus to see all the top sights from!

Going out on a river boat cruise is one of the popular things to do in Bath and boat cruise like this have an inside area where you can see the city but stay dry and warm.

Additionally, be very British in a British city and get afternoon tea in a cosy setting. To get a really good real I recommend looking on Wowcher who offer 2 for 1 discounts and huge savings on Afternoon Tea!

Related Post: More Things To Do in Bath on a Day Trip from London!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Bath

How to get to Bath from London?

This London to Bath day trip is best done by train. Take a train from London Paddington Station to Bath Station in 1 hour 20 minutes. Buy tickets on The Train Line Here!

Things to do in Bath:

4. Harry Potter Studio

Harry Potter and Winter go together , so one of the best day trips from London in Winter has to be to the Harry Potter Warner Brothers Studios!

The studio is located in Watford which is just a short train and bus journey from London. Once you are there you can enjoy the inside studio just as much as you would any other time of year, except in Winter you’ll appreciate the shelter!

Another positive of going to the Harry Potter Studio in winter is that it’s likely there will be less crowds during the week due to their being fewer tourists in London in winter , but on weekends it might be busier.

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Harry Potter Studio

How to get to the Harry Potter Studio from London?

You can take a train from London Euston Station to Watford Junction Station in as little as 20 minutes making it one of the best day trips from London by train in Winter . At Watford Junction train station, there are clearly marked signs for how to get the bus to the Studio . Buy Train Tickets here!

Alternatively, if you want to go in a group and with a guide, you can book a guided tour from Central London like this which includes transport.

5. Cotswolds

Visiting the charming villages in the Cotswolds are on everyones UK bucket list and although wandering the streets and admiring the houses in the Cotswolds is mainly an outdoor activity , the reason why the Cotswolds is one of the best day trips from London in Winter is because in Summer the crowds are huge, so many people come here, whereas in the Winter it is much less busy !

This is one of the better day trips from London by car in winter because without a car it is harder to visit multiple villages in one day, but there are also many Cotswolds Day Tours from London that you can do if you do not have a car and the positive to going on one of these is that your guide will know the best places to take you to in the Cotswolds in Winter!

You can also hire a car if you prefer going without groups, click here to hire a car .

Head to Bourton on Water, Burford, Castle Combe, Stanton and more to see the best villages in the Cotswolds in Winter when they will look like even more of a fairytale , especially in December when everyone’s Christmas lights are out!

To warm up there will be plenty of cosy cafes you can enter into for tea and lunch, and don’t forget to have some scones with jam and cream!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Cotswolds

How to get to the Cotswolds from London?

This is one of the easier day trips from London in winter with a car because then you can hop around the villages as public transport is limited .

If you don’t have a car, the most popular way to get to the Cotswolds from London is on a tour like this, transport is included and this way your guide will know the best places to take you in the Cotswolds in Winter!

6. Birmingham

The biggest attraction in Birmingham in winter is the Birmingham Christmas market .

Birmingham hosts the biggest Christmas market in the UK! In fact, it’s the largest authentic German Christmas market outside of Germany and Austria and it’s called the Frankfurt Christmas Market Birmingham! That’s why Birmingham is on this list of the best day trips from London in winter!

Because we like to celebrate Christmas early in the UK, the Birmingham Christmas market runs for nearly all of November and all of December every year so if you’re looking for one of the best Christmas markets to visit from London and an early Christmas fix, this is the perfect day trips from London in November and day trips from London in December!

Aside from Christmas, things to do in Birmingham inside include the Birmingham Library, Birmingham Museum and the huge shopping centre called The Bull Ring ! If the weather is ok outside, you can walk along the canals in Birmingham.

Birmingham is also really easy to get to and one of the easiest day trips from London by train!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in Winter, Birmingham Christmas Market

How to get to Birmingham from London?

Without a doubt the best day to do this winter day trip from London is by train because Birmingham is in the middle of the UK but by taking a fast train from London Euston to Birmingham New Street you can be there in 1 hour 20 minutes! Buy tickets in advance on the Train Line here to get the best price!

Visiting York on a day trip from London will give you a chance to see Northern England and although it looks far on the map, it is an easy day trip to do from London!

York is easily one of the best day trips from London in Winter because of how many of its attractions are inside so you can escape the cold . Enter into the impressive York Minster , go inside The York Dungeons , pop into the many shops along The Shambles which is a hugely popular street in York, and finally, take your mind off the cold on a York Chocolate Story Tour where you will spend time inside eating chocolate, tempting hey!?

The River Ouse runs through York city and is a great way to relax, see the city and the surrounding areas. To seek ideas for things to do in York in Winter, I recommend taking an afternoon tea river cruise or a lunch river cruise because you can do this from the comfort of inside a boat and will not need to wander the city looking for places to eat if it is cold and wet.

York lights up at Christmas with Christmas markets and impressive Christmas displays so if you’re looking at London Christmas day trips, York is a good choice!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, York

How to get to York from London?

The only way you will get to Northern England from London on a day trip is to take the train! Thanks to a super fast train you can do this journey in just 1 hour 50 minutes, perfect for a day trip from London in winter by train up North! Buy tickets in advance on the Train Line here to get the best price!

8. Winchester

Winchester Cathedral Christmas Market has been recognised as one of the best Christmas markets in Europe and therefore the best Christmas markets in the UK ! It’s not far from London and works well as one of the day trips from London by train that you can do. So, if you are looking at day trips from London in December and London Christmas day trips, Winchester is a winner!

Go Ice Skating at the Winchester Christmas Market and warm up at The Old Vine Pub and Restaurant next to a warm fire with hearty food whilst appreciating the beauty of this charming, ancient city.

Outside of Christmas, Winchester Cathedral is still a top attraction and there are lots of traditional pubs to enjoy as you walk around its historic streets, and because Winchester is so far South in the UK, you are likely to get warmer weather here than other Northern locations for day trips from London in Winter.

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Winchester

How to get to Winchester from London?

London to Winchester is just a 1-hour train journey and this is the best way to do this winter day trip. London Waterloo Station to Winchester Station is the train route you need to take. Buy tickets on The Train Line Here!

9. New Forest

If you want to get out of London for a really good walk in the Countryside and in a National Park I recommend the New Forest National Park as the best day trip from London in Winter.

The New Forest is inland, not on the coast and it’s also not too mountainous so the weather is sure to be better there than other areas in the UK.

With one day in the New Forest, you can have a walk along the many walking trails, spot some New Forest ponies, find the prettiest New Forest villages , and relax in a traditional English pub as you’ll find quite a few in the area.

How to get to the New Forest from London?

Although you can get the train from London Waterloo to Brockenhurst Station and explore around Brockenhurst, this is one of the day trips from London by car in Winter I recommend so you have more flexibility to see more of the National Park, and if the weather isn’t good you can just enjoy a scenic drive.

10. Hastings

Being beside the beach on a winters day is definitely nice, especially on one of those winter sun days.

Hastings is a beautiful seaside town in England and is one of the top day trips from London if you want to see the sea! I also think it works as one of the good winter day trips from London because although you can go for a walk along the beach in winter, if it is too windy or cold, you can easily retreat into the streets of the small and charming old town .

Hastings has museums and art galleries to enjoy as well as unique funicular railways to help you get up and down its cliffs and between these winter activities in Hastings, you will find plenty of cosy cafes to warm up in.

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Hastings

How to get to Hastings from London?

London to Hastings by train can be as quick as just 1 hour 45 minutes so this is the best way to do this winter break from London. Book your train on The Train Line here to get the best price!

11. Norwich

If you’re looking for a slightly alternative day trip from London and not one of the popular cities that are always recommended, add Norwich to your London winter itinerary!

Norwich has plenty of inside attractions to explore to help escape the cold and rain, it is one of the few cities in the UK to have 2 cathedrals , both Norwich Cathedrals which are worth a visit on your day trip to Norwich from London. You can also do an underground Norwich tour which will give you a lot of history about the city and is a unique thing to do, whilst definitely keeping you inside!

Between exploring Norwich’s historic buildings and learning something new you can pop into the Adam & Eve Pub to warm up with its comfort food which has been serving customers since 1249 and is set in a former monastery!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Norwich

How to get to Norwich from London?

Another day trip from London in winter is by train to do because in less than 2 hours and for a cheap price you can get from London Liverpool Station to Norwich Station by train. Book your train on The Train Line here to get the best price!

12. Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court Palace is on the outskirts of London so it’s good for last-minute day trips from London in winter so you can check what the weather is like in the morning before heading out.

Hampton Court Palace is popular to visit all year round, you can buy tickets to enter the house and gardens which will keep you partly sheltered on your winter day trip from London there.

The main draw to visiting Hampton Court Palace in winter though is it’s Christmas magic! Every year in December, there is a Hampton Court Palace Festive Weekend ; where you’ll find festive food, drink and shopping available. If you’re planning your winter day trip from London in advance, get this years weekend in your diary!

For more Christmas vibes, throughout November and December, you can visit Hampton Court Palace Ice Rink , one of the best ice rinks in and around London!

The Wandering Quinn Travel Blog day trips from London in winter, Hampton Court Pala

How to get to Hampton Court from London?

Hampton Court has it’s own train station and the train from London Waterloo station to Hampton Court station is just 30 minutes because Hampton is on the outskirts of London. Book your train on The Train Line here to get the best price!

Depending on where you are staying in London, or live in London, you could also look at getting the bus there.

Winter Day Trips From London Tips

The UK has very short days in Winter so it gets dark at about 4:00 pm during December and January , therefore it is best to get up early on your day trip from London in winter so you can enjoy daylight once there.

That being said, come in Christmas when the Christmas markets are up, you have to see them in the dark to appreciate the beauty, the good thing is that you won’t have to wait until late, by 6:00 pm you will have had nearly 2 hours of darkness and then you can head back to London!

Be sure to wear warm clothes but also layer up . It may be cold in London but once you are in one of these destinations for day trips from London in winter, it may be warmer.

Also, in the UK we have the heating on full blast in cafes and on transport so parts of the day you will be hot and others you will be cold, so layers are key. This also applies for what to wear in London in winter!

Winter mornings can be icy if you’re up any earlier than 9:00 pm but don’t let this put you off your winter day trip from London, unless it is a freezing cold day, the ice will be gone mid-morning and it will warm up a bit .

Always pack an umbrella just incase of rain!

There are many day trips from London by train in Winter on this list. The trains in the UK are really good but they can be expensive. It is best to book train tickets as far out as you can to get the lowest price ! Know where you want to go already?? Book your train on The Train Line here to get the best price!

I hope you enjoyed these day trips from London in Winter ideas and go on one or two!

  • Remember there are also lots of places in London you can visit in Winter too like:
  • 30 Things To Do in Hampstead London, From a Local!
  • Things To Do in Greenwich London For Your Greenwich Day Out!
  • A Regents Canal Walk – Primrose Hill, Regents Park, and Camden!

If you liked this please share it! 🙂

  • Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
  • Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
  • Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

Europe Chevron

United Kingdom Chevron

England Chevron

London Chevron

The 22 Best Day Trips From London

The 22 Best Day Trips From London

All products and listings featured on Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase something through our links, we may earn an affiliate commission.

London ’s hustle and bustle can become overwhelming, even for the most dedicated locals—but its handy location means that day trips from London are easy for anyone who needs a quick escape, whether it be for a country walk, a seaside jaunt, or a cultural getaway. Most of our selection of the best day trips from London can be reached by train , within less than two hours—and many couldn’t be further from the busy streets and crammed schedules of the capital. Whether you’re looking for fresh air, delicious eateries, or a new selection of shops, these easy-to-plan day trips should slot nicely into your schedule.

Below are 22 of our favorite day trips from London, in no particular order.

Read our complete London travel guide here .

All listings featured on  Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase something through our links, we may earn an affiliate commission. This article originally appeared on Condé Nast Traveller UK .

Historic Stratford town on river Avon is the birthplace and gravesite of playwright and poet William Shakespeare.

Stratford-upon-Avon

The best day trip from London for: a Shakespearean adventure How to get there from London: a little over 2 hours by train from London mainline stations; changes are often required.

There are few places more charming than the medieval market town of Stratford-upon-Avon. It’s the birthplace and resting place of Shakespeare, and it’s easy to fall in love with the West Midlands spot during a jam-packed day trip from London.

Day trips here, understandably, centre around the Bard. Start where the wordsmith’s journey began with an educational walk around Shakespeare’s Birthplace, now a museum highlighting how his work continues to shape our lives today. From here, onto Anne Hathaway’s cottage. The family home of Anne Hathaway, William Shakespeare’s wife, is full of fascinating stories and historical finds, and passionate guides are on hand to delve into tales of the famous family that resided here for 13 generations. For the full experience, visit William’s resting place in Holy Trinity Church via Shakespeare's Schoolroom & Guildhall.

Literary associations aside, entertain young minds at the Mechanical Art and Design Museum, get tropical at the stunning Stratford Butterfly Farm, and sample a craft beer before the return journey home at The Garrick Pub Restaurant, which is purportedly the oldest boozer in the town.

In a town dating back almost 1,000 years, you’d expect to stumble across a spectral resident or two in the historical buildings. Check into one of the charming hotels during spooky season and embark on a ghost tour to hear about tales from a haunted tearoom and what some unlucky guests have experienced in one of the town centre’s four-star hotels.

If you decide to stay over: For a fittingly period stay, check into The White Swan . The property’s use as an inn dates back to the sixteenth century, and the walls hold all the charm of a Tudor property with trimmings suited to twenty-first-century travelers. Cozy by the fire after a hearty meal, and sink into four-poster beds before another day exploring Warwickshire’s attractions and natural beauty.

Punting on the river Stour West Gate Canterbury Kent UK

Canterbury, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a colorful, food-fuelled history lesson in the garden of England How to get there from London: The direct train from London St Pancras to Canterbury West can take as little as 53 minutes

Prehistoric settlements have been uncovered in this corner of Kent, and it was a popular haunt of the Romans, who surrounded the early city by constructing an earth bank and fortified walls around 130 acres of land. The story of Canterbury that schoolchildren learn, however, comes from the medieval period, courtesy of Chaucer.

The city is home to one of the UK’s most spectacular cathedrals. Pilgrims have navigated the route to this ethereal site for many centuries, and it’s here that Thomas Becket was infamously slaughtered at the order of Henry II—although this series of events has been contested by countless historians. From the cathedral, scan the selection of novels through the crooked door of the Catching Lives Charity Bookshop, before soaking up the sun in one of the city’s hidden pub gardens—The Dolphin and The Parrot are some of our favorites.

Stroll along the remnant of the ancient wall that is still accessible, or settle in for a lazy afternoon on the colorful banks of the River Stour after collecting treats from The Goods Shed. Historic river tours of the river are touristy but not overly expensive, so well worth booking ahead of a visit to uncover the secrets of these romantic, cobblestone streets. – Connor Sturges

If you decide to stay over: Parts of The Falstaff Hotel date to the 13th century, and original features such as fireplaces and oak beams are a nod to the city’s medieval history. The city’s main attractions are within walking distance, and comfortable beds, craft cocktails, and a signature afternoon tea await once you are back in the cozy setting.

Elmley Nature Reserve

Elmley Nature Reserve

The best day trip from London for:  getting fully immersed in nature How to get there from London:  The train from London St Pancras International to Swale takes 1 hour 50 minutes, and then it’s a short taxi ride to Elmley Nature Reserve.

Think of day trips to Kent, and you’ll probably skip straight over the Isle of Sheppey. Just off the northern coast of Kent next to the Thames Estuary, Sheppey is an unglamorous largely industrial island that initially lacks the tourist appeal of some of its Kentish neighbors. But there’s a secret gem here right off the mainland–the bucolic Elmley Nature Reserve, 3,300 acres of wetlands and wilderness. This family-run estate is a true wildlife conservation haven and is the perfect trip for birdwatchers and nature lovers. With over forty varieties of birds raising their young at Elmley each year, there are some beautiful walking trails to spot them all, plus the other resident hares, frogs, dragonflies, cows, voles, bees, and more. As soon as your taxi turns onto the long entry drive, it’s easy to see elegant birds such as egrets, lapwings, and redshank happily frolicking on the flat marshlands, and that’s before you’ve even started exploring. Open Wednesday to Sunday, the entry fee is £6 and that gets you access to the beautiful open landscape for a self-guided wander (although you have to stay on the paths!); they also arrange organised tours at dusk and dawn for £29.50 if you want an expert to help you spot marsh harriers, long-eared owls, sparrowhawk, and peregrine falcons. It might be only 40 miles from London, but it feels like another world. As well as an incredible place for a day out in nature, there’s also a lovely barn restaurant to get cozy in for toasties at lunch and more hearty evening meals, plus an impressive range of smart places to stay dotted across the reserve if you want to extend your visit. – Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  From decked-out shepherd’s huts with outside baths to four poster beds in the grand 18th-century main house, there’s a wide range of places to stay—all with stunning views over the nature reserve.

The Newt in Somerset Hotel

Great Garden Escape, The Newt in Somerset

The best day trip from London for: a VIP experience How to get there: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 25 minutes

If you’re not the planning type, The Newt in Somerset’s Great Garden Escape is a fun-filled organized day trip that shows off the best of the British countryside and its charming traditions. With a jam-packed schedule starting at Paddington station, day trippers travel First Class with breakfast served on-board. On arrival, they’ll be given a tour of the gardens at The Newt, which have been landscaped over hundreds of years and are now home to wildlife including deer and newts—of course. There's even an opportunity to explore the grounds with experts, along with a dive into the history and traditions of Somerset. Plus, a stopover at the incredible Roman Villa Experience.

Lunch leads into a cider tasting, made on-site using apples grown in local orchards, where you’ll undoubtedly be swayed into picking up a bottle or two to take home. When you’ve breathed in just enough country air, the train journey home serves up afternoon tea, depositing you back in the city just in time for sundowners. The whirlwind tour is the ideal tonic for shaking off burnout and reminding yourself of the beauty on your doorstep. — Abigail Malbon

If you decide to stay over : Should you choose to forego the train ride home in favor of waking up somewhere new, The Newt is a Jane Austen dream, whether you choose a room in the Georgian house or the converted outbuildings, barns, and stables. Bedrooms are simple and beautiful, with a focus on relaxation, but those with a view are truly exceptional. In the morning, wake up early and treat yourself to a swim in the spa pool as the sun comes up—you’ll return to London feeling like a new person.

Clifton in Bristol

Clifton, Bristol

The best day trip from London for : packing a lot in How to get there from London: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 35 minutes.

After hopping off the train at Bristol Temple Meads, take a stroll to Clifton—the city’s most beautiful leafy suburb. Quiet residential streets are lined with pretty Georgian townhouses, spots of greenery to wander through off the cobbled streets and an eclectic mix of independent cafés, restaurants, and shops.

Start with a gander around Clifton Arcade in the heart of Clifton Village, where the 17 boutiques are filled with knick-knacks and intriguing antiques. It’s not a true shopping experience without a pit stop for coffee and cake—try one of Bristol’s top coffee spots, Spicer + Cole, or—for a 100-per-cent plant-based menu—refuel with a slice of rose and vanilla loaf and a superfood latte at East Village Café.

Pick up some fresh fruit and vegetables from the local greengrocers and head to Clifton bridge for fabulous views across the River Avon. It's one of the oldest surviving iron suspension bridges in the world. Learn about its history at the Visitor Centre, stopping off for a pint of traditional Somerset cider at the White Lion by its side. Continue the historical tour by walking up to Clifton Observatory, which has a museum featuring a Victorian-era Camera Obscura and a mythical Giant’s Cave, alongside its own rooftop café serving up breathtaking views. And don’t miss out on a walk down Royal York Crescent—one of the most expensive streets in Bristol, which was also once reputed to be the longest terrace in Europe.

Next, spend time at Bristol Lido, a restored Victorian swimming bath from the 1800s surrounded by a spa and poolside bar for the ultimate in pampering. Round off the day with a cozy pub meal at The Albion, an Indian fine-dining experience at Nutmeg or a hearty pizza at Bosco around the corner on Whiteladies Road. – Cordelia Aspinall

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the recently refurbished Number 38 boutique hotel for a peaceful stay overlooking the Clifton Downs, perfect for your morning stroll.

Image may contain City Road Street Urban Alley Outdoors Nature Path Countryside Plant Vegetation and Scenery

Bath, Somerset

The best day trip from London for: soaking up history How to get there from London: The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 20 minutes.

Bath is known for its history, but among the buttery-hued Georgian architecture and ancient thermal springs there’s a fresh independent spirit. When the weather is good, there are a couple of brilliant walking routes to try: the six-mile Bath Skyline, for example, is a short stroll from the city center and tramps through woodland, meadows, and orchards with views of the buildings below.

The Somerset city’s literary heritage is well documented—Jane Austen is probably the most famous one-time resident—and there’s still a thriving network of bookshops and literature festivals here, including at bookworm magnet Topping and Company, which stocks more than 55,000 titles. Restaurants are driven by excellent local produce and seasonal ingredients. Grab a traditional lunch at The Circus (we recommend the Wiltshire lamb two ways), or order bun cha at Vietnamese spot Noya’s Kitchen. After a bite, shop at clever concept stores such as Nām, which sells antique furniture and homeware curated by owner Sharan Kaur, and Found, where you can buy clothes from niche global brands, or spend an afternoon at wine bar Corkage, where about 70 bottles are available to sample by the glass. – Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Small hotel Eight lives up to its name; there are just eight rooms, and the ground-floor restaurant always has eight dishes on the menu.

Read more about the best things to do in Bath, Somerset

The best day trip from London for woodland walks and long pub lunches How to get there from London The train from London...

The New Forest, Hampshire

The best day trip from London for : woodland walks and long pub lunches How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo usually takes about 1 hour 45 minutes.

With its purple carpets of heather, ancient woodland, and England-of-yore villages, the New Forest has long been a release valve for Londoners eager to clear the cobwebs and the cortisol. The apex of its beauty has to be autumn, when its rich hues cut through morning mists and dazzle in the afternoon sun. It's best enjoyed during a long ramble, where you’re likely to meet free-roaming New Forest ponies, cattle, and even pigs, followed by a hearty pub lunch with local ale and a warming log fire.

Take the train from Waterloo to Beaulieu Road station and fuel your hike with a pint of real ale at the Drift Inn. If independent shops, cafés, and beaches are on the agenda, it’s best to head to Lymington instead, as this one-and-a-half-hour loop around the pub on the edge of the New Forest is blissfully rugged and remote. Having traipsed through a mixed mosaic of woodland and absorbed the silence and sweeping views across the heathland, hunker down at the Drift Inn for a Hampshire beef burger, ale-battered haddock, or the pie of the day (invariably something along the lines of mud pie with mash and gravy). – Rosalyn Wikeley

If you decide to stay over : Those seeking the quintessential heather-and-wild-ponies New Forest should bed down at The Pig hotel in Brockenhurst or Limewood near Lyndhurst (about five minutes from the Drift Inn). However, the trusted favorite among New Forest devotees, Chewton Glen continues to lure weary urbanites with its coveted position—wedged between woodland and the coast—and commitment to the good, old-fashioned service and comforts of a country club. You’ll find few zeitgeisty design details or next-gen touches here. Instead, antiques, thick carpets, and mahogany furniture keep this 18th-century manor house sure of its identity—save a few fun treehouse bedrooms, should privacy or the 21st century fall into your criteria. Don’t miss the fresh salads and fish lunches once you’ve been pummeled in the spa or worked up an appetite in the Grecian-style pool. The gardens are also glorious for afternoon tea after visiting Highcliffe beach.

The best day trip from London for pubcrawling and country walks How to get there from London The train from Finsbury...

Hertford, Hertfordshire

The best day trip from London for : pub-crawling and country walks How to get there from London: The train from Finsbury Park takes 35 minutes.

With its higgledy-piggledy, pastel-colored buildings, and cobbled streets, this county town serves up a slice of English antiquity that’s postcard-pretty enough to satisfy both shiny-eyed visitors from further afield and weary Londoners searching for fresher air, shorter queues, and somewhere different to look at for the day. With trains running every half hour, it’s possible to find yourself marching around its 15th-century castle grounds (check ahead for cinema screenings, talks, and events), net fishing from a sandy cove in Hartham Common, or wandering about its dinky museum within the hour. Alternatively, if you’re feeling ambitious, you can cycle from London along the River Lea towpath.

On arrival, dip into its handful of local shops—The Women's Society Boutique has an imposing exterior but is a real treasure trove—before stopping at one of the many independent cafés and restaurants. Popular deli-bar Giambrone’s serves authentic Italian plates, while Hertford Coffee Lab makes for a cool pit-stop, and Georgian townhouse and B&B Number One Port Hill hosts occasional pop-up suppers. Plus, the artsy Dog and Whistle, once a pop-up café, has blossomed into a hipster foodie pub and music venue with rooms. Indeed, Hertford—quiet market town by day and more bustling nightspot come evening— specializes in pubs, particularly old-world ones. There's The Salisbury Arms Hotel, said to have been the place where Oliver Cromwell stayed during the Civil War and home to a number of ghosts; the 16th-century White Horse; the 17th-century Blackbirds; and the riverside Old Barge (exact age unknown, but 'old' is part of the name…) If you have time, go on the three-mile walk to Ware alongside the River Lea towpath–the neighboring town also has a plethora of pubs—and catch the train back to London from there. – Becky Lucas

If you decide to stay over: Hertford House Hotel took over the former local newspaper’s offices in pretty Parliament Square in 2006 and hasn’t stopped evolving since, with its latest restaurant and bar renovation completed in autumn 2020. Don’t miss out on brunch in the secret garden, a locally sourced roast in the restaurant and a pint in smart sister pub The Quiet Man.

Image may contain Neighborhood Water Waterfront Nature Outdoors Scenery City Architecture Building and Cityscape

The best day trip from London for: an under-the-radar getaway How to get there from London: The fast train from St Pancras International takes 1 hour 22 minutes.

This hillside scribble of Georgian streets tucked behind the Kent coast really hit our radar in 2018. Nicknamed ‘Margate’s little sister’, it’s a much cozier, countryside version of its arty neighbor. And that’s exactly its appeal. Deal is less shouty than Margate, but there’s still an exciting slew of shops, cafés, and galleries that have arrived over the past few years. The Saturday Market stalls are worth a rummage, but it’s the food that brings the locals back each weekend. For more of a sit-down lunch we love Frog and Scot where the chef, previously of The Sportsman in Seasalter, cooks up a daily changing menu based on hyper-local produce. Founder of Smugglers Records Will Greenham (ex singer and guitarist of the band Cocos Lovers, who’ve supported Mumford & Sons on tour) is at the heart of the town’s music scene, and in terms of art, Linden Hall Studio is a contemporary gallery in a converted chapel that wouldn’t look out of place in Mayfair. — Tabitha Joyce

If you decide to stay over: The Rose was revamped in 2018 and now there are eight cute bedrooms splashed in bold colors and filled with vintage finds. The restaurant is looked after by Rachel O’Sullivan (previously of East London’s Towpath Café) who dishes up Scandi-inspired breakfast plates of smoked salmon, avocado, soft-boiled egg, dill, and whipped cream cheese.

Read more about Deal, Kent

The best day trip from London for oysters on the beach How to get there from London The train from from St Pancras takes...

Whitstable, Kent

The best day trip from London for: oysters on the beach How to get there from London : The train from from St Pancras takes 1hr 13 minutes.

This little town on the north Kent coast isn’t quite the sort-of-secret it was back in the 1990s, when DFLs (local jargon for Londoners) rediscovered it, arriving at weekends for seafood at Wheelers on the high street and pints of Kentish ale at the beach-side Old Neptune pub. But it’s still an atmospheric place to head for a hit of vitamin B12—via a dozen or so oysters—then a scrunch along the shingle shore, spotting Second World War sea forts across the waves and seals in the harbor. There are plenty of places to eat: avoid the overpriced Royal Native Oyster Stores and head instead to JoJo’s, just down the road in Tankerton, for mackerel fillets and Med-inspired small plates. Or Samphire, a Whitstable bistro with cuttlefish risotto and Romney Marsh lamb on the menu. There’s also a thriving micropub scene here, with The Handsome Sam, The Black Dog, and the larger Twelve Taps for hoppy experimentation. But our favorite pastime is picking up a pot of cockles and whelks from the quayside, or fish and chips and oysters from The Forge shack, and devouring them in the shade of a wooden groyne on the beach, preferably with a bottle of English fizz to hand. – Rick Jordan

If you decide to stay over: The Victorian fisherman’s huts on the beach are the best place in which to hole up, the sound of waves and boat masts jangling in the wind outside, and can be booked via Hotel Continental. Along the coast in Seasalter is the Driftwood Beach House B&B .

Image may contain Plant Lamp Architecture Building Housing House City Road Street Urban and Row House

Rye, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : a bracingly fresh seaside getaway How to get there from London: The train from St Pancras International takes about 1 hour 10 minutes with a change at Ashford International.

Rye is home to what might just be Britain’s prettiest (and most prettily named) street, and a wave of newcomers have moved in alongside the quaint old-timers in Mermaid Street and beyond, opening smart interiors stores and artisan bakeries next to unironically vintage tea rooms and souvenir shops. After breakfast at Whitehouse Rye–order the halloumi hash–pick up a new read at The Tiny Book Store (the clue’s in the name) and window shop for that fantasy mansion at striking antiques shop Strand House Interiors. The blustery dunes and invigorating waters of Camber Sands, one of the best beach near London , are a 15 minute ride away on the local bus, but head back in time for a rustic supper at Tuscan Rye, where fresh pasta (ricotta ravioli with brown-butter sauce, potato, and thyme tortellini in a rich ragù) draws loyal locals. – Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the lively George in Rye , which welcomes A-list guests (George Clooney and Helena Bonham Carter have both checked in for sleepovers) and smart locals in the same breath.

These are our favorite things to do in Rye

The best day trip from London for a cultural day out How to get there from London the fast train from London St Pancras...

Margate, Kent

The best day trip from London for : a cultural day out How to get there from London: the fast train from London St Pancras takes 1 hour 25 minutes.

It’s no secret that this Victorian seaside town has had quite the hipster renaissance in recent years, sparked mostly by the arrival of the Turner Contemporary gallery in 2011 and spurred on by a slew of new openings and a wave of Londoners upping sticks and moving down to the Kent coast. For a cultural outing, the waterside Turner Contemporary is still a must. Entry is free so it’s worth popping in even if you’ve never heard of the artists on show, and the shop has some nice local products. For more contemporary art head to Crate, an artist-led project space in an old printworks. If you’d prefer something older—much older—wander over to the most ancient building in town, the Tudor House, a Grade II-listed 16th-century timber-framed house on King Street. It’s on your route from the seafront to the mysterious Shell Grotto, a spooky set of underground tunnels covered in more than four million shells.

A trip to Margate isn’t complete without a few hours in Dreamland, whether it’s for some spins on the rides or to see one of the amusement park’s impressive line-up of gigs in the evenings. Do take a stroll around town to hit up the vintage shops selling retro clothes, furniture, and homewares, where you can still find some decent bargains. And don’t forget to head over to Cliff Terrace to visit the flagship store of cult natural skincare brand Haeckels, which makes divine-smelling beauty products using seaweed gathered on the beach nearby. Speaking of the beach, if you want to go swimming walk along the coast to Walpole Bay Tidal Pool, a man-made sea lagoon where you can find calm waters and steps for easier access. If you arrive early (or stay the night), tuck into cracking breakfast at Storeroom coffee shop or at Cliffs, where there’s also a record shop, a hair salon, and a yoga studio. In fact, the whole up-and-coming area of Cliftonville is worth exploring. After all that roaming, great seafood can be found for dinner at either Angela’s or Hantverk & Found—reserve a table in advance though, as both get booked up. – Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over: The best beds in town are at The Reading Rooms , a boutique b&b in a restored Georgian townhouse a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Be sure you don’t have to rush off in the morning as they’ll bring breakfast to your room so you can eat it overlooking the leafy square.

Read more about Margate's best things to do

The best day trip from London for fairweather walkers How to get there from London The train from London Victoria takes...

Eastbourne, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : fair-weather walkers How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 30 minutes.

Eastbourne is an old-timey British seaside town with a Victorian pier, a pebble beach, and a much-loved bandstand where tribute acts reign: ‘Queen’, ‘ABBA’, ‘Frank Sinatra,’ and ‘Lady Gaga’ have all played. You could spend the day taking in the town’s thriving art galleries, with plenty of opportunities for refueling stops along the way (our favorite is the stripped-back-trendy Nelson Coffee Co opposite the station), but the real draw here is enjoying the great outdoors at Beachy Head, where you’ll find the famous Seven Sisters chalk cliffs. A hike with seriously impressive views out to sea runs across the top. Wander all the way along to neighboring Seaford or make one of the secret beaches tucked away at the foot of the cliffs your way point. It’s a steep climb down, but Falling Sands Beach is quiet and sandy and well worth the adventure. Eastbourne often makes the list of the sunniest places in the UK, so don’t forget your sunglasses. – Olivia Holborow

If you decide to stay over: Book into the Beachy Head holiday cottages –there’s a choice of 8, all set around a rambling walled garden with fruit and vegetables you can help yourself to.

An insider guide to the South Downs

The best day trip from London for blasting the cobwebs away by the sea How to get there from London The train from...

Brighton, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : blasting the cobwebs away by the sea How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 34 minutes.

Brighton is a brilliant mish-mash of retro, seaside fun, and progressive culture. Book in advance and you can get return tickets from London for as little as £10. A maze of bunting-lined streets, The Lanes bursts at the seams with vintage shops–don’t miss Beyond Retro and Dirty Harry, and our two favorite independent boutiques, Our Daily Edit and Peggs & Son, as well as retro memorabilia (navigate the turnstile at Snoopers Paradise for collectors’ items, vinyl, and furniture). Time your day trip to include breakfast at Kensingtons—grab a table on the balcony for giant plates piled high with eggs, toast, and beans. It’s not the easiest spot to find, so look out for a shop called Artemis on Kensington Gardens, which overflows with sheepskin rugs and pelts—the café is on the left; follow the smell of bacon up the stairs. Later, reserve a table at Food for Friends, a superb veggie restaurant with award-winning flavors and presentation. A short walk away is the huge 8km pebbly beach–the section near the Palace Pier is dotted with stripy deckchairs and usually buzzing from spring to autumn (and often absolutely crammed in summer). There’s something terribly British about layering up and enjoying a windswept walk in the winter months, too. Reward yourself with a bag of hot, sugary donuts from the pier.

If you decide to stay over : Walk along the seafront to The Ginger Pig, a restaurant-with-rooms with pre-mixed cocktails in the minibars and Cowshed bottles by the standalone bathtubs.

The best restaurants in Brighton

The best day trip from London for history buffs and vintage hunters How to get there from London The train from London...

Lewes, Sussex

The best day trip from London for : history buffs and vintage hunters How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes just over 1 hour.

Lewes: the market town in the South Downs that sits against a backdrop of chalk hills and green peaks. Cobblestoned 'twittens' (narrow streets), hand-painted shop signs and crumbling tiles from the 1960s make it feel like a town time forgot, and its slower rhythm makes for a reinvigorating gear-change. The Needlemakers on West Street is home to a range of small, independent shops that sell local craftsmanship, from jewelry to books–Alexis Dove is a favorite for delicate silverware and Susie Petrou has an eye for vintage blouses and Romanian embroidery. There’s an incongruous well at the bottom by the vintage shops— throw in a penny for good luck before you start hunting through piles of clothes and bags. Lewes Flea Market is an alluring source for antique furniture and quirky homeware, and is open daily (not to be confused with the outdoor Sunday market, which is also worth a visit). At the other end of town, at the bottom of Cliffe High Street, you can find Bill Collison’s very first Bill’s restaurant, a European deli-turned-eatery, where you can get hearty dishes such as pumpkin, fig, and chestnut roast, or a beef, bacon, and camembert burger. After lunch, ponder the paperbacks at the Fifteenth Century Bookshop, which has been carefully restored in recent years but remains as much of a landmark as Lewes Castle. Finish the day with a pint; Harvey’s Brewery is the only independent brewery in Sussex and provides the John Harvey Tavern over the road with local cask ales (download the self-titled app to find out where you can get it in London).

If you decide to stay over : Head to Firle for a night at The Ram Inn , and enjoy crisp linen and generous breakfasts served by an open fire.

The best day trip from London for a coastal upandcomer How to get there from London The fast train from London St...

Folkestone, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a coastal up-and-comer How to get there from London : The fast train from London St Pancras to Ashford takes 40 minutes, where you can change for Folkestone Central.

The seaside town of Folkestone is mid-makeover, which is the ideal time to visit—before everything gets priced up and the place’s quirks glossed over. The appeal of Sunny Sands beach is self-explanatory—this tiny, windswept slip of sand is one of the best beaches in Kent and the ideal spot to kick off your day (unsurprisingly, it fills up with families wielding buckets and spades, sticky with sunscreen, too). A trio of swashbuckling pubs and restaurants—The Ship Inn, The Mariner, and The Captain’s Table—lines the seafront, but the real treasure can be found in the Creative Quarter. At the bottom of The Old High Street is Bounce Vintage, an open space with rails full of retro sportswear, French chore jackets, and Aloha shirts. If you exchange smiles and pleasantries with the rosy-cheeked owners, they might just offer you an espresso on the house. Failing that, further up the road, Steep Street sells specialty coffee, homemade cake, and books . Floor-to-ceiling, wall-to-wall shelves of hardbacks tower over fat leather armchairs and blackboard tables that you can doodle on in chalk. There are endless places to eat and drink around town: Rocksalt for a smart menu and sea views; Papas for old-fashioned fish’n’chips ; Beano’s for veggies; La Casa Del Bello Gelato for ice cream Follies for pizza; and The Pullman for pints. The Harbour Arm, though, is where Folkestone’s own folk go—the Champagne bar hidden in the lighthouse at the end is rustic, romantic, and completely charming.

If you decide to stay over : Book a room at the Linen Shed , a dove-gray, weatherboarded house on the old Roman road to Canterbury.

The best restaurants in Kent

The best day trip from London for a traditional slice of British culture How to get there from London The Oxford Tube...

Oxford, Oxfordshire

The best day trip from London for : a traditional slice of British culture How to get there from London : The Oxford Tube coach service takes 1 hour 30 minutes and runs until 3am; trains also run from Paddington and Marylebone stations and take 1 hour.

In one of the most quintessentially English cities in the UK (and the most expensive to live in outside London), cream tea is not just a rite of passage—it’s a requirement. And there’s only one place to take it—The Vaults & Garden Café, signposted by the presence of an antique bicycle with a flowerbed in its basket, is a gorgeous 14th-century building surrounded by colleges (Oriel, Brasenose, Murton, All Souls), where scones come loaded with clotted cream and seasonal homemade jam (the café has serious sustainability credentials, too). Architecture is a major draw in Oxford ; the libraries, bridges, and even cinemas feature Palladian domes, Norman design, ziggurat influences and listed buildings which make this a city to see on foot (Radcliffe Square is a must, and it’s worth paying £4 to climb the tower at the Church of St Mary The Virgin for the best view of Oxford). If you’re taking kids, the Pitt Rivers Museum is packed with bizarre artifacts and stories they’ll tell their friends about, and The Story Museum welcomes you through a wardrobe into Narnia and other fictional worlds of wonder. If you booked a babysitter, however, grab a drink at the brilliant Freud bar in Jericho—a stained-glass church-turned-cool-cocktail-bar that is grown-up enough to feel sophisticated but student-y enough to have plenty of atmosphere and frivolity in the air (or perhaps it’s something in the drinks).

If you decide to stay over : There are plenty of lovely hotels in the Cotswolds , such as The Wild Rabbit —the latest outpost from eco-queen Carole Bamford of Daylesford Organic fame.

The best day trip from London for peoplewatching and scenery How to get there from London The train from London Kings...

Cambridge, Cambridgeshire

The best day trip from London for : people-watching and scenery How to get there from London : The train from London King’s Cross takes 45 minutes.

Like cycling in Amsterdam or taking trams in San Francisco , punting really is the most sophisticated way to see the city of Cambridge and the university grounds. Scudamore’s is the oldest ‘chauffeur’ company and offers a more traditional tour, but board a boat from the Garret Hostel Bridge for a younger, more humorous experience (ask your punter why the GHB is also known as Orgasm Bridge). For lunch, foodPark is a top hawker convoy of Sri Lankan curries, wood-fired pizza, and open-wide burgers that sets up from 12pm until 2pm in varying locations around Cambridge from Wednesday to Friday. For something more upscale, book one of Galleria’s terrace tables on the south side of the Magdalene Bridge, with British fusion food and views of the River Cam (your gluten- and dairy-free friends will thank you, as there are two separate menus specifically catering to their diets). In the autumn, the leaf-covered colleges are particularly picturesque as they turn red and rust, and in spring, Parker’s Piece is a scenic stretch of greenery from which to navigate (spot the lamppost that supposedly inspired the post in CS Lewis’ Narnia). From here, find eccentric English shop Bowes & Co, Fitzbillies for iced buns, Aromi for Italian nibbles, Kettle’s Yard art gallery, and G David for antique books. Finish your day with the choral evensong at King’s College Chapel around 5.30pm: goosebumps guaranteed. For more ideas, see our guide to the best things to do in Cambridge .

If you decide to stay over : It doesn’t get much better than the iconic University Arms hotel , reopened in 2018 after a serious reboot.

The best day trip from London for bootwearing outdoorsy types How to get there from London The train from London...

Ashdown Forest, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for: boot-wearing outdoorsy types How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour to East Grinstead (a 15-minute drive from Forest Row).

A.A. Milne famously wrote the stories of Winnie the Pooh while living just north of Ashdown Forest. Known as 100 Acre Wood in Pooh’s world, the forest is home to the spellbinding stories and is an enchanting place to stretch your legs for a day, easily accessible via East Grinstead station. Stretches of open heathland give way to leafy walkways and carpets of bluebells in spring, where the woods teem with wildlife (spot fallow deer, badgers, and the odd friendly pheasant—no honey-eating bears, though), and the only noise is birdsong. You can even visit Pooh Bridge (for a game of Poohsticks, naturally), but be warned, it’s a prominent tourist spot. Pooh was a big fan of having ‘a little smackerel of something’, and nearby village Forest Row has plenty of places for elevenses. Taffels deli is a family-run café and much-loved lunch spot (there is nothing skinny about the skinny chips; they are double-fried and divine) and caters to all dietary requirements, while Java & Jazz serves huge hot chocolates cakes and crispy-crusted pizza. For proper pub food, the cozy Hatch Inn (one of our favorite country pubs near London) is known for roasts with all the trimmings and offers plenty of dog-patting opportunities. If you’re not in a hurry to get home, head to Linton’s car park—locally known as ‘the viewpoint’—for sunset.

If you decide to stay over : Gravetye Manor is a very English Elizabethan country-house classic and one of our favorite weekend breaks in the UK .

The best day trip from London for nature enthusiasts How to get there from London The drive to Romney Marsh via the A20...

Dungeness, Kent

The best day trip from London for : nature enthusiasts How to get there from London : The drive to Romney Marsh via the A20 and M20 takes 2 hours.

Arriving in Dungeness from London feels a little like stepping out of a Tardis into a different time zone, where a recent apocalypse has left the landscape barren, the wildlife overrun, the buildings flattened, and the population dramatically compromised (in fact, the Dungeness Power Station appeared in Doctor Who in 1971). Unofficially known as ‘Britain’s only desert’, Dungeness has a unique environment—single-story buildings appear to have been swallowed by the shingle and plants let loose with little regard for human-imposed order. The beach resembles a mass shipwreck; abandoned fishing boats, crumbling shacks, winches, and forgotten tractors coated in decades of rust sit, untouched, unmoved and as mysterious as a Russell T Davies plot. There’s not a whole lot to do here—but there’s so much to see, and so much to pique your curiosity that you’ll spend the journey back googling the area. Kids will love the sheer strangeness of it all, and it’s impossible to resist the childlike urge to climb and run and play. Few places so close to London feel like such an adventure; the journey can take less than two hours, and, if you time it right, you can order the catch of the day for lunch from roadside hut the Snack Shack, which does the freshest fish, lobster rolls, and ice-cold cans of San Pellegrino.

If you decide to stay over : You’ll have to venture out of Dungeness—try The Rose in Deal , a grown-up bolthole splashed with bold colors and covetable vintage finds.

The best day trip from London for switching off How to get there from London The train from London Waterloo to Dorking...

The best day trip from London for : switching off How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo to Dorking takes 50 minutes.

Surrey’s proximity to London makes the journey a breeze—and it’s an especially astute pick if you’re likely to be coming with a car full of little ones. At Henry VIII’s home Hampton Court Palace, there are family-friendly events such as beast quests and ghost tours, as well as the famous giant hedge maze, where adventurous kids can lead the troops. In winter, an ice rink is set against the historic backdrop of the palace, a building whose grandiose architecture is shaped by both the Tudor and Baroque periods. If you’re escaping the city (and the kids), however, check in at Grayshott Health Spa, a traditional country home with cutting-edge treatments. Surrounded by 47 acres of flowering gardens, it’s a peaceful place to step back and take stock. Connect with nature at Kew, too, where the Royal Botanic Gardens are open to the public all year round. The winter light show is particularly mesmerizing, when the sun starts to sink earlier and earlier. Be sure to take cash for mince pies and mulled wine as you wander through the grounds. Having been awarded a Michelin star, Steve Drake’s restaurant Sorrel in Dorking (a market town with chocolate-box charm) is currently the county’s hottest restaurant with the most exciting ‘discovery menu.’

If you decide to stay over : Surrey is home to some of the best spas near London, such as Grayshott, where the Manor House rooms offer faded charm.

Hastings

Hastings and St Leonards

The best day trip from London for:  old-school seaside charm How to get there from London:  The fast train from London St Pancras International takes 1 hour 32 minutes with a change at Ashford International

There’s almost too much to fit into a one-day visit to Hastings, especially if you want to pop over to the neighboring town of St Leonards. Over the last few years, these two East Sussex enclaves have become a popular bolthole for burnt-out Londoners looking for a bohemian seaside escape. To see what all the fuss is about, head straight to explore Hasting’s quaint Old Town, a picturesque maze of streets sandwiched between two dramatic cliffs. Pedestrianised scenic George Street is where most of the action happens, with a thrum of cafés, shops, and pubs, but it’s worth wandering the surrounding streets too. Seek out AG Hendy & Co on the High Street for well-curated vintage homewares and stop into The Crown for cozy pub grub made with excellent local produce. If you’re up for a wander, get the funicular up and walk along to the cliff to Fairlight Glen, a beautiful secluded beach where clothing is optional. Or if that sounds a bit much, stay in the Old Town and explore the dramatic black fisherman’s huts on Rock-A-Nore beach where there’s Hastings Contemporary art gallery, a tiny shipwreck museum, fresh seafood stalls, and a very cute miniature railway. Next up, take the 40-minute amble along the beach past the pier to St Leonards and stop off for food at the fabulous seafront café, Goat Ledge. It’s worth the trip for their crispy panko fish baps and katsu curry sauce chips alone. Nearby, there are great independent shops selling everything from candles to kimonos on Norman Road and King’s Road where you can easily spend a few hours happily browsing and café hopping before settling into dinner at Michelin-recommended pub The Royal. — Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  Book into  The Old Rectory , a bijou  b&b  in Hasting’s Old Town with treatment rooms and a walled garden.

day trips uk winter

Recommended

Chelsea Townhouse

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

Wandermust Family

Best Winter Day Trips from London You Simply HAVE to Take!

By: Author Wandermust Mummy

Best Winter Day Trips from London You Simply HAVE to Take!

No matter what time of year you visit London I think a day trip is an essential part of your London itinerary.  But what are the best day trips from London in winter to take? In this guide we round up the best Winter day trips from London including the best day trips from London in December to get into the festive spirit to day trips that work even in the snow or in the rain to make sure your trip to London in Winter is a fantastic one. 

Important Note : This post may contain affiliate links which means if you click through and make a purchase I will make a small commission at no extra cost to you!

If you are looking at doing some London Winter day trips be sure to check out our London Winter Packing List . 

Table of Contents

Best Winter Day Trips from London 

Harry potter studio tour – one of the best winter day trips from london.

Best Winter Day Trips from London including Hogwarts in the Snow

If you are travelling to London with kids then you are bound to have a Harry Potter fan in your group. London is a great place to visit for the Harry Potter fan and top of any fan’s London bucket list is likely doing the Harry Potter studio tour. 

If you are doing a day trip from London in Winter – particularly in the period from Late November to early January you will be visiting the studio during the period they call Hogwarts in the Snow. This is meant to be the most magical time of year to visit the Studio as the whole place is transformed into a Winter Wonderland.

From the large model of Hogwarts you see upon entering that is for this limited period covered in snow, to the Great Hall being decorated in the same manner as the Yule Ball from the fourth film in the franchise – The Goblet of Fire, to Christmas trees roaring fireplaces, festive feasts and of course fake snow across the whole of the studio. This is sure to transport you to Harry Potter winter. It truly is one of the best winter day trips from London you can take.

It is always essential to book your studio tour months in advance but Hogwarts in Winter is particularly popular so do be sure to book the tickets in advance. 

To find out availability and book your tickets online CLICK HERE! 

Windsor in Winter

Windsor Day Trip from London - one of the best winter day trips from london

Windsor Day Trip from London – one of the best winter day trips from london

Whenever we would have guests from out of town when we were living in London and we would ask them what day trip they wanted to do nine times out of ten they would answer Windsor. Windsor is one of the best day trips from London in winter especially. During the summer months Windsor is usually heaving with tourists and there are queues all around the town – especially at the castle – the main draw for tourists visiting the town. However in Winter the crowds have faded away making it easier and more pleasant to visit Windsor in Winter. 

As an added bonus if you are visiting the Windsor castle in the run up to Christmas you will find the castle decorated for the season with beautiful Christmas trees. It is a great place to see a traditional British Christmas setting. 

How to get to Windsor in Winter: 

By Train : You catch the train from either Waterloo or Paddington dependent on where in the city you are staying. Both of these trains are direct which means you don’t have to navigate any changes. Of the two the Paddington train is the quickest but factor in the added time it will take you to get there if you are closer to Waterloo. 

By Car:  We have once travelled to Windsor by car rather than train and it is doable but if you plan to take the car then you will need to arrive at Windsor very early as there is limited parking near the town centre and this fills up very early. It is easier to get to Windsor by car in Winter as opposed to summer but for most I would still recommend taking the train from London.

From The Airport :  If you have a short stopover in Heathrow (enough time to leave the airport) then you could consider visiting Windsor. However be sure to factor in  enough time to get through customs, leave the airport, explore, travel back and check in with enough time. 

For a full guide on visiting Windsor on a day trip from London click here! 

Hampton court Palace – one of the best day trips from London in december

Hampton Court - perfect winter day trips from London - day trips from london in winter

Hampton Court is one of my favourite places in the UK full stop  but it is one of the best day trips from London in December due to the wealth of festive activities on offer. 

Hampton Court Palace was the favourite palace of Henry VIII having seized the palace from Cardinal Wolsey. It is a great place to learn about the history of the Tudor King. Highlights of a visit to the palace include stepping inside the Tudor kitchens where you can see how feasts on the time we’re prepared. It is extra special at Christmas when these events take on a festive touch. 

Next Read : Things to do on a Hampton Court Palace Day Trip

On top of the live Christmas cooking demonstrations the palace also have special events including carolling, Christmas markets and one of the best ice rinks in all of London. 

How to get to Hampton Court Palace in Winter  :

Getting to Hampton Court Palace from central London is easy and best done by train. There is a direct train from Waterloo Station. 

We recommend buying your tickets online in advance to save queuing on arrival!

Kew Gardens –

Although in London this is out at the end of the District Line and really deserves one whole day of your London itinerary to do it probably but for those with limited time you could just spend half a day there or if you are travelling in Winter before Christmas travel for the evening to see the absolutely spectacular Kew Gardens Illuminated. 

This special pre Christmas even involves laser projections, light shows singing Holly Buses, Christmas markets and spectacular light displays on the Palm House. This will delight even if you are taking a winter holiday with a baby or are visiting London with a toddler . 

Tickets for this event are timed so be sure to book your tickets well in advance to be sure to get your desired time slot.

If you want to visit in the day there is no need to worry that there won’t be much to see in the gardens as no matter what time of year there is something to see in the Gardens. Be warned even in the Winter the Kew Garden palm houses get hot. 

For more details on what to do at Kew Gardens check out this post! 

Another of the iconic London day trips, Stonehenge seems to be on many people’s UK bucket lists. Visiting Stonehenge in summer can be a bit of a battle, the roads to it have single file traffic and can get easily congested especially when you are battling with summer holiday tourists but in Winter the journey will be much easier and there will be far fewer crowds at this UNESCO World Heritage site itself. 

Stonehenge dates back to Neolithic times and to this day it is not full understood why they were built and by whom. Depending on your ticket will depend on how close you can get to the stones but it is possible to get quite close although of course no touching is allowed. 

If you are worried about how much there is to do on site, there is also a museum and a reconstructed neolithic village which means you can easily spend a few hours to half a day on site depending on your interests. If you want a full Winter day trip rather than a half day trip from London then there are lots of tours that combine a visit to Stonehenge with nearby attractions or alternatively you could head into the nearby beautiful town of Salisbury. 

How to Get to Stonehenge in Winter : 

It is possible to reach Stone henge via public transport. You can take a train from Waterloo to Salisbury and from there you transfer to a bus that will take you directly to the site. In my opinion out of all the day trips listed in this guide this is my least favourite to do via public transport. The alternatives are driving or taking an organised excursion. 

By car: It is a relatively easy drive from London out to Stonehenge and there is parking nearby. 

If you don’t fancy hiring a car to do a day trip then there are plenty of tours from London that just do Stonehenge or that combine Stonehenge with other attractions such as: 

  • Stonehenge Day Tour
  • Stonehenge and Bath
  • Stonehenge, Windsor and Bath
  • Oxford, Windsor and Stonehenge 

Leeds Castle

Leeds Castle - Best Winter Day Trip from London - day trips from london in december

Leeds Castle – Best Winter Day Trip from London – day trips from london in december

Another great day trip for castle fans. Leeds castle is often called the Prettiest Castle in the world and take one look at it and it is easy to see why. Again, the castle is brilliant to visit whatever time of year you are travelling to London but the castle really goes to town in the run up to Christmas.

Leeds Castle - Best Winter Day Trip from London

The last time we visited was at Christmas and in each room we entered in the castle had a differently and very ornately decorated Christmas tree. I love that the Christmas celebration here are quite traditional and not the commercialised Christmas you see elsewhere.

For a full review of Leeds Castle at Christmas click here!  

How to get to Leeds Castle in Winter: 

To get to Leeds Castle from London you take the train  from London Victoria Station to Bearsted and then take a private transfer to the castle itself. 

Oxford is a great city to visit on a Winter day trip from London and in fact is a place that suits visiting in Winter over summer. Summer is exceptionally crowded in the city and even in the shoulder seasons the town is busy with both tourists and students but the Winter period tends of be more quiet. 

day trips uk winter

Highlights of a an Oxford Winter day from London include: 

  • Visiting the Oxford University Colleges – depending on the day you are visiting will depend on what colleges are open to the public. Our favourites include Christ College, New College and Magdalen College. 
  • Walking around the Oxford University Botanic Gardens – even in Winter these botanic gardens are a treat 
  • Enjoying one of the many many Oxford museums which make this perfect for a rainy day day trip from London. 

How to get to Oxford in Winter : You can catch the train from both Paddington and Marylebone stations but check before boarding whether your train goes direct or if you will need to change trains at Reading. 

There is also a bus service that does transfers to and from Oxford and for those that wish to visit Oxford via car I would recommend using the very efficient park and ride service. 

York Winter Day Trip from London

York in Winter - the perfect Winter day trip from London

My favourite city in the whole of the UK.  If you have time in your itinerary then I would recommend visiting York for a weekend but it is totally doable in one day if that is all the time your London itinerary allow s for. 

York is a beautiful city in Winter as there are usually great Christmas markets, an ice sculpture festival and even some amazing Christmas illuminations at the York Museum Gardens. 

day trips uk winter

The mix of great indoor activities (such as the National Railway Museum, York Museum and the Castle Museum and of course the stunning York Minster) alongside great outdoor activities means that this day trip is great whatever the weather. Other favourite places to visit in Winter especially if you are visiting York with kids is the York Chocolate Story which tells the story (and gives samples) of York’s history with chocolate and no visit to the city is complete without learning about the city’s Viking history at the Jorvik Viking Centre which kids will adore. 

My favourite thing to do in York is to visit the historic shopping street the Shambles. In Summer this street is heaving with tourists but in Winter the street is far quieter and much more enjoyable and is a great place to pick up souvenirs and Christmas gifts.

How to Get to York in Winter:  The easiest way to get to York from London whatever time of year you are travelling is via train. The trains to York run regularly from London King’s Cross Station and take around two hours. 

Manchester – best day trip from London in December

Manchester Christmas Markets

Manchester is the England’s second city and is a vibrant city full of culture and should definitely be on your UK Bucket List.  Winter is out favourite time to visit Manchester as in our opinion it has some of the best Christmas Markets in the whole of the UK (You can read our full Manchester Christmas market review here ).

Manchester is also a great city for those that love both sport and music and no matter what time of year you visit there is sure to be an event on. And if football is your bag then be sure to stop oil the UKs only football museum. 

Other great museums in the city include the MOSI (Science Museum), the Manchester Art Gallery and the People’s History Museum. 

How to get to Manchester From London: 

The easiest way to get to Manchester from London is by train. Trains depart from Euston station every 20 minutes to 30 minutes throughout the day. It will take roughly 2 hours each way. We recommend buying your tickets as early as possible as tickets get more and more expensive the closer you get to the travel date. 

Canterbury Day Trip From London 

The historic city of Canterbury is a great place to visit in Winter, especially if you want to go inside Canterbuty Cathedral as in December all Christmas preparations are underway and the Cathedral is dressed for Christmas. We loved learning about the history of the cathedral especially learning about the martyrdom of Thomas Beckett. With the size of the cathedral and the tour options it is very easy to spend half a day in the Cathedral itself. 

But the city of Canterbury is much more than just the Cathedral though and the streets are filled with great and unique shops and boutiques that make it a great place to go shopping for souvenirs and Christmas gifts. 

Have you taken a Winter Day Trip From London? What is your favourite day trip to take from London in Winter?  We’d love to hear in the comments?

Best Day Trips From London in Winter / London Winter Day Trips / Winter london day trips / best things to do in london in winter / what to do in london in winter / london at christmas / things to do at christmas in london / things to do in london at christmas / hogwarts in the snow / hogwarts in snow / harry potter london studio / london in snow / london bad weather / best day trips from london with kids / london travel / london winter travel / winter day trips from london

Best Winter Day Trips to Take from London! Best day trips to take from london in winter

Best Winter Day Trips to Take from London! Best day trips to take from london in winter #london #londontravel #visitlondon #londondaytrip #uktravel

day trips uk winter

  • Switzerland
  • New York City
  • The Bahamas
  • Travel Tips
  • Work With Us
  • Russell (The Other One)
  • Get to Know Us

10 Best Day Trips from London in the Winter

London skyline

London is one of my favorite cities in the world, but there is much more to the United Kingdom than just London.  That’s why I encourage you to do at least one day trip to get a better sense of the country.

In the winter, when it’s cold, you may be tempted to stay in London and visit some of the museums. That’s not the only option.  There are some fabulous winter day trips from London that are worth the extra travel time.

In this post, I will share a little more about winters in London and details of the ten best day trips from London in the winter.  The hardest thing may be choosing only one.

Note: This post contains affiliate links.  Please see the disclosure for more information.

Winter Weather in London

#1 day trip to windsor in the winter, #2 day trip to cambridge in the winter, #3 day trip to bath in the winter, #4 day trip to hampton court in the winter, #5 day trip to the harry potter studio in the winter, #6 day trip to oxford in the winter, #7 day trip to manchester in the winter, #8 day trip to york in the winter, #9 day trip to birmingham in the winter, #10 day trip to winchester in the winter, day trip to stonehenge in the winter, day trip from london to the beach in the winter, should you do a day trip from london in the winter, is a winter day trip from london worth it, expert tips for day trips from london in the winter.

In general, I prefer warm climates, so the weather in London during the winter leaves much to be desired.  It can be cold, gray, windy, and wet. On the bright side, snow is rare.

The Best Winter Day Trips from London

There are lots of day trips within easy reach of London.   Since it is the hub of the rail network, you can get to a lot of places fast.  Keep in mind, train tickets can be expensive so you will want to book in advance and buy a specific train time.

In the winter, you do need to think about the weather when deciding where to go for a day trip.  Most of the places on this list of day trips from London to do in the winter have indoor attractions.

While England may not have Christmas Markets that are as iconic as ones in Germany and other parts of Europe, there are definitely a few that are worth visiting.  I have included those on this list.

In general, since Winter is not the peak tourist season in England, attractions will be less crowded so it’s a great opportunity to see more.  Christmas markets are the exception to this rule. Expect them to be busy, especially on weekends.

Also, most of these winter day trips have day tour options.  Those are perfect for people who don’t want to deal with public transportation on their own.  If you are tight on time, check out these half day trips from London .

If you are interested in art, history, or the Royal Family, then a visit to Windsor is a must.  Unlike Buckingham Palace , which is only open for a few months each year, Windsor Castle, where Queen Elizabeth spends most of her weekends, is open year around.  It’s a perfect day trip for the winter because you can spend most of your time inside the Castle.

Make sure to get your ticket in advance though.  Otherwise, you will be waiting in a long line outside in the cold.  If you are planning on doing a day trip to Windsor to see the castle, consider getting the London Pass.   It includes both admission to Windsor Castle and your train ticket from London to Windsor.  Click here to learn more about the London Pass.  

If you don’t have the London Pass, click here to buy your ticket to Windsor Castle in advance .

Windsor Castle is one of the best day trips from London in the winter

Things to do during a Winter Day Trip to Windsor

  • Arrive early to catch the changing of the guard at 11:00 am. 
  • Do the audio tour (included in your admission price) of Windsor Castle.  It will guide you through the Castle including the State Apartments and St. George’s Chapel.  During December, the castle is all decked out for Christmas.
  • If you have time after touring Windsor Castle, check out the Windsor Royal Shopping Center , an old Victorian train station now filled with shops and restaurants.  It’s nice they still kept many original features including the Jubilee arch, the cobbled stones, and Queen Victoria’s Royal Waiting Room.  

How to Get to Windsor from London

It’s easy to get to Windsor from London.  It’s a little more than an hour on the train from London Waterloo station.  Buy your train ticket in advance to get the best deal. Click here to check the pricing and schedule.

For those that don’t want to venture to Windsor on their own, there are several guided tour options:

  • Half-day Windsor Castle tour from London
  • Windsor Castle Tour and Traditional Lunch
  • London: Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath Full-Day Tour
  • Windsor, Oxford and Stonehenge Day Tour from London

Cambridge is a beautiful city that has lots to offer in both the winter and summer.  Of course, there is the famous university, but there is much more to see when you visit Cambridge for a day .

Cambridge in the winter when it snowed

What to do on a Winter Day Trip to Cambridge

  • Go punting on the Cam .  In case you haven’t heard the term “punting” before, it is similar to boating on a gondola but with a pole (called a punt) rather than a stick.  While you may think of punting in Cambridge as a summer activity, it is actually offered all year. If you do one of the punting tours , they will provide blankets.
  • Tour one of the colleges.   Some of the most popular are King’s College, St. John’s College, and Trinity College (don’t miss the Wren Library).  You could also take a tour of the university led by a graduate like this one .
  • Visit one of the beautiful churches.  The stained glass and ceiling of King’s College Chapel are breathtaking.  
  • Check out one of the interesting museums in Cambridge.  The Fitzwilliam is the most popular but there are other smaller museums for archeology, art, and history.  All the museums are free to visit.

How to Get from London to Cambridge

To get to Cambridge from London, take the train from either London’s King Cross or Liverpool Street Stations.  It takes about an hour to get there. Click here to check pricing and schedules.

If you want a cheaper transportation option, there are National Express buses that leave from the London Victoria Coach Station and take about two hours.  Get more information about the buses to Cambridge here.

If you don’t want to venture to Cambridge on your own, there are some guided tours like this one .

Bath is one of the most popular day trips from London.  The city has been designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site because of its Roman ruins, the 18th-century architecture, hot springs, and landscape setting.

Bath England

What to do on a Winter Day Trip to Bath

  • You can’t say you have visited Bath without going to see the Roman Baths, so start your day trip to Bath there. 
  • Book lovers will also want to visit the Jane Austen Centre to learn more about the author who lived in Bath.  
  • It’s also worth visiting the Bath Abbey which is more like a cathedral.  This church dates back to the 11th century, but it’s not in ruins like other English abbeys (i.e. Whitby and Fountains Abbey ).  
  • Take a boat ride in a traditional 1960’s small river cruiser.  Get more info here .
  • Architecture fans should make sure to also see the Royal Crescent which was completed in 1767.
  • In addition to the historic sites, Bath has a popular Christmas Market, it is one of the best Christmas markets in England .  The city is even prettier in the winter with all the Christmas decorations.  You can also go ice skating at the rink in Royal Victoria Park .

How to Get from London to Bath

To get to Bath from London, the train from Paddington Station will be your fastest option.  It only takes an hour and a half. Click here to check pricing and schedules.

If you are looking for a cheaper way to get to Bath, then there is the National Express bus from Victoria station, but that will take three hours.  Get more information about the buses to Bath here .

If you prefer, there are many guided Bath day trip tours.  There are several options that include visits to other popular attractions like Stonehenge, Avebury , Windsor Castle, and Lacock:

  • London: Stonehenge and Bath Full-Day Tour
  • London: Stonehenge, Bath & West Country Day Trip
  • Bath, Avebury & Lacock Village Small Group Day Tour from London

Hampton Court was one of Henry VIII’s favorite residences, and it’s definitely worth a visit at any time of the year.  It’s the best place to learn more about one of England’s most influential kings. 

Be sure to get your tickets to Hampton Court in advance.  You can save money by purchasing a family ticket (if appropriate) here .

Hampton Court Palace is also included on the London Pass.  Click here for more information on the London Pass .

Hampton Court Palace

What to Do on a Winter Day Trip to Hampton Court

  • Tour the Palace – highlights include the lavish State Rooms, Great Hall, and the Tudor Kitchen.
  • Visit the Hampton Court gardens, which are open in the winter.  If you dress warmly, you can still enjoy the famous hedge-maze which is the oldest surviving one in the world.
  • During the Christmas season, the Palace has an ice skating rink, Christmas Fayre, and evening carol singing.

How to Get from London to Hampton Court

It’s not far to travel to Hampton Court from London.  From London Waterloo station, it’s less than an hour on the train and then a short walk to the palace.  Click here to check pricing and schedules .

If you prefer there are private tours to Hampton Court that include transportation and also a visit to Windsor Castle.  Click here for more information .

The Harry Potter Studio tour is a must for any serious Potterhead.  You get to go behind-the-scenes of the Harry Potter films including visiting the sets for the Great Hall, Dumbledore’s Office, and Diagon Alley.  

During the winter season, the Studio is transformed into what is called “ Hogwarts in the Snow .”  All the famous movie sets are decorated for the season – fires roar in the fireplaces, the Gryffindor common room is filled with Christmas treats, and the Hogwarts castle model is covered in a blanket of snow.

Like other Harry Potter attractions, the Studio Tour is popular, so it’s best to buy your tickets in advance here .  Also, Harry Potter fans should consider doing a Harry Potter walking tour while in London . 

Harry Potter Studios in Watford England

What to do on a Harry Potter Studio Winter Day Trip

  • Climb aboard the original Hogwarts Express, learn about the effects and animatronics, and fly on a broomstick. 
  • Drink some delicious Butterbeer .
  • Don’t miss the glittering Christmas trees and flaming Christmas puddings in the Great Hall.  
  • Learn how different types of artificial snow, ice, and fires were created and used in the films!

How to Get to the Harry Potter Studios from London

Take the train from London Euston Station 20 minutes to Watford Junction where regular shuttle buses will take you directly to the Studio. Click here to check pricing and schedules.

If don’t want to take the train to Watford, check out these tour option from Kings Cross Station here or from Victoria Station here .  Both include a bus to the Harry Potter Studios.

You could also do this tour that combines your visit to the Harry Potter Studios with a visit to Oxford.

Oxford is the city of dreaming spires and is worth visiting all year around.  Like Cambridge, Oxford is home to a famous university and world-class museums so there are several options if you want to be inside.  However, unlike Cambridge, they do not offer punting in December or January.

Oxford England another fabulous winter day trip from London

What to do on a Winter Day Trip to Oxford

  • Tour one or more of the colleges.  Harry Potter fans will want to visit Christ Church College where a few scenes from the movies were filmed.  To learn more about the university’s history, a guided tour like this one is ideal.
  • The most popular museum in Oxford is the Ashmolean .  It’s free to visit and has an interesting mix of everything.  
  • You could also visit the Bodleian libraries (the second largest in the UK).
  • Stop in at the world-famous The Eagle and The Child a favorite spot for the Inklings, who were an informal group of writers, including C.S. Lewis (the author of the Chronicles of Narnia children’s books), J.R.R. Tolkien (who wrote Lord of the Rings), Charles Williams, and Hugo Dyson.
  • While Oxford is not considered a top Christmas destination, they do have a small Christmas market or you could probably find some unique gifts at the Covered Market .

How to Get from London to Oxford

To get to Oxford, you can take trains from either London Paddington or Marylebone. It takes around an hour.  Check the train schedules and pricing here.   

National Express provides 24-hour service to Oxford from London Victoria Station. Check schedules and pricing with National Express here . 

There is also a bus service called the Oxford Tube, which runs frequently from Victoria Station and has a few other stops in London. Find more information about the Oxford Tube here .

You can also visit Oxford on a tour from London.  There are several options, some of which include other popular attractions nearby as well:

  • Oxford, Stratford, and Cotswolds: Day Trip from London

Manchester is one of the biggest cities in the UK.  You will find plenty to do on a day trip whether it is winter or summer.  It is also a fun place to celebrate the Christmas season, New Year’s Eve, and the Chinese New Year.

Manchester Town Hall

What to do on a Winter Day Trip to Manchester

  • Football (soccer) fans will be in heaven as Manchester is home to two of the most iconic teams in the English Premier League .  You can visit the National Football Museum or tour either of the team’s stadiums (book a Manchester City Stadium Tour here or a tour of Old Trafford, Manchester United’s Stadium here ).  
  • If you want to attend one of the football games, you will need to plan ahead as games are always sold out.  Don’t attempt to buy tickets from a third-party unless they are licensed. Stubhub could be a good option, since they offer a guarantee, but tickets are not cheap.
  • If you are interested in art, be sure to visit the Manchester Art Gallery or the Whitworth Art Gallery .  Near the Whitworth, you will find the Manchester Museum , which is known for its Egyptian collection. (Those interested in learning more about ancient Egypt should be sure to visit the British Museum in London too.)  All these museums offer free entry.
  • In Manchester, they make a big deal out of Christmas.  The season kicks off with a Lights Switch-On event complete with fireworks.  The Christmas Markets have more than 300 stalls throughout the city center. They also have a big fireworks display on New Year’s Eve. 
  • Since Manchester has the largest Chinatown in Europe, they also make a big deal out of the Chinese New Year.  There is a huge, three-day Chinese New Year festival across much of the city center with food and craft fairs, plenty of noise, and a big dragon parade.

How to Get from London to Manchester

To get to Manchester from London for a day trip you will need to either take a train or fly.  The train leaves from London Euston Station and takes a little more than two hours to get to Manchester Piccadilly Station.  Check the pricing and schedules here .  

You can fly from Heathrow to Manchester airport on British Airways in about an hour but it will be more expensive and also not as environmentally friendly.  There are buses from London Victoria which would be your cheapest option but it will take 4 ½ – 6 ½ hours so it is not practical for a day trip.

In my opinion, York is the prettiest city in England and I wouldn’t want to let the cold weather stop you from seeing it. I feel like I have gone back in time walking around some of the streets in York.

York Minster

What to Do on a Winter Day Trip to York

  • Spend some of the day inside at the York Minster , the National Railway Museum , the York Castle Museum , the York Dungeon , or the York Chocolate Story .  If you plan on doing a lot of sightseeing, you can probably save money by purchasing the York Pass. Get more info about the York Pass here .
  • If you plan ahead, you could have afternoon tea at Betty’s .
  • Don’t miss the Shambles, it’s arguably the prettiest street in England.  
  • If the weather isn’t too bad, do the city wall walk.  You can also visit St. Mary’s Abbey which is now in ruins and climb up Clifford’s Tower for some amazing views.  Note: Clifford’s Tower is an English Heritage Site.  English Heritage members and those with the English Heritage Visitor’s Pass can visit for free.
  • If you happen to be visiting in December during the St.Nicholas Christmas Market , then plan on spending some time there.  When you need a break from shopping, step inside Thor’s Teepee for some warm drinks.  York is even prettier during the Christmas season, the city goes all out with the decorations.

How to Get from London to York

To get to York from London, take the East Coast Main Line train from King’s Cross.  After about two hours, you will arrive at York Station. Click here to check pricing and schedules.

There are buses from London Victoria to York but they take over five hours, so it’s not practical for a day trip.

Birmingham is often overlooked as a place to visit in England, but during Christmas time it is one of the best places to be.  The Birmingham Frankfurt Christmas Market is the largest Christmas market found outside Germany and Austria.

Birmingham library outdoor garden

What to Do on a Winter Day Trip to Birmingham

  • At the Christmas Market, there is plenty of German food, mulled wine, and Christmas Carols.  Don’t miss the singing Christmas moose (known as Chris Moose) who is located in front of the Council House entrance. The Christmas Market opens in early November and runs until December 23rd.
  • The Birmingham Library is a stunning work of modern architecture.  It is worth a visit to see the largest collection of Shakespeare’s works in the UK and also the outdoor garden which has impressive views over the city. 
  • A short walk from the library is the Birmingham Museum .  The art gallery has the largest public Pre-Raphaelite collection in the world.  There is also a dedicated gallery for the Staffordshire Hoard, the largest find of Anglo-Saxon gold ever.

How to Get to Birmingham from London

The best way to get from London to Birmingham is to take the train.  There are frequent trains from London Euston and London Marylebone to Birmingham New Street Station.  The journey takes about an hour and a half. Click here to check prices and schedule.

There is also a bus option but it takes around three hours.  Not sure that is a good idea if you are only doing a day trip.

Winchester is one of those quintessential picturesque English cities, which seems fitting for a city that was the first capital of England.  In addition to the historic sites which can be visited all year, in December the city hosts a popular Christmas Market.

Winchester Cathedral

What to Do on a Winter Day Trip to Winchester

  • A visit to Winchester would not be complete without stopping inside Winchester Cathedral .  You can see Jane Austen’s grave and the Winchester Bible, the largest 12th-century English bible.  In the crypt, you will find an interesting modern sculpture from Antony Gormley.  
  • It’s also worth visiting the Great Hall , which is the only building remaining of Winchester Castle.  You can see the famous Round Table, Gates commemorating the marriage of Prince Charles and Princess Diana, and a statue of Queen Victoria.
  • Visit the Christmas Market in the Cathedral Close.  Take a picture by nativity scene in the British Craft Villages. You can also go ice skating.

How to Get From London to Winchester

To get to Winchester, catch the direct train from London Waterloo station.  After approximately an hour, you will arrive at Winchester Station. Click here to check pricing and schedules .  

You can also take a bus from Victoria Station which will be cheaper than the train but takes an hour and a half.  Click here to check pricing and schedules.

Other London Winter Day Trips to Consider

If you don’t mind being outside in the cold in the winter, there are a few other days trips to consider:

Stonehenge needs no introduction, it is one of the most popular tourist attractions in England and open year round.  During the winter months, Stonehenge is far less crowded.  I hesitate to say that it is one of the best winter day trips to London because the attraction is pretty much all outside.  

Many people just visit the stone circle but to truly appreciate the site, you need to see at least some of the other Neolithic sites in the area, which requires a bit of walking, which could be uncomfortable depending on the weather.  However, on the Winter Solstice , it might be worth visiting because it is free, but keep in mind there will be bigger crowds.

Stonehenge Stone Circle

If you are not visiting on the Solstice, you should book your ticket in advance here .  If you are an English Heritage or National Trust Member, you can visit Stonehenge for free.  For overseas visitors, it is also included in both the English Heritage Visitor’s Pass and the National Trust Touring Pass .

How to Get to Stonehenge from London

Stonehenge is not the easiest place to get to from London on public transportation.  If you can, consider driving to Stonehenge since there is so much to see in the area that tours won’t take you.

If you are not driving, then take the train from London Waterloo Station to Salisbury, which will take about an hour and a half.  ( Click here to check pricing and schedules ). From the Salisbury Train Station, you will need to catch the Stonehenge Tour bus. The bus to Stonehenge runs hourly during the winter and takes about 40 minutes. 

You can buy tickets for the Stonehenge Tour Bus online in advance or on the bus.  If you decide to go this route, I recommend that you also buy your Stonehenge admission with your bus ticket.  Tickets bought with the bus fare are not subject to the timed entry. That way even if there are train or bus delays you don’t have to worry about missing your time slot.  It’s also slightly cheaper than paying for the bus and Stonehenge tickets separately.

For those not comfortable navigating to Stonehenge independently or wanting to save time, there are plenty of tours to Stonehenge to choose from like these:

  • London: Stonehenge Half-Day Morning or Afternoon Tour
  • Stonehenge Express Half-Day Tour from London

England may not be known as a beach destination but there are plenty of beautiful beaches not too far from London.

Brighton Pier

The beaches will be less crowded.  The water will be too cold to swim, but in my opinion, it’s too cold to swim even in the summer.  Keep in mind, some local businesses (i.e. shops and restaurants) may close for the off-season.

Some beach options that can be easily reached by train from London are:

Brighton – In addition to the beach, be sure to visit the famous pier.  To get to Brighton, take the train from London Bridge or London Victoria.  It takes about an hour to get to Brighton.

Whitstable – Known for its seafood and its beaches.  It takes about 1.5 hours to get to Whitstable. You can catch the train from London St Pancras, Cannon Street, or Victoria Stations

Bournemouth – The beach here is eleven miles long and you will also find shops, gardens, hotels, and restaurants.  To get to Bournemouth, take the train from Waterloo. In about two hours you will arrive in Bournemouth.

Eastbourne – A favorite Victorian seaside retreat with a historic pier.  To get to Eastbourne, take the train from London Bridge or London Victoria.  It takes about an hour and a half to get to Eastbourne.

Camber Sands – Regularly voted as one of the best beaches in England, it’s even been featured in Hollywood films.  To get to Camber Sands, take the train from London St Pancras to Rye – it will take about an hour.

If you choose one of these options, be sure to check out my ultimate packing list for the beach for ideas on what to bring along.

Yes.  It’s a great way to see more of England, don’t let the weather stop you since you can spend most of the day inside.

As I mentioned there are countless places to visit around London in winter.  If a destination did not make my list, it does not mean it’s a bad choice.  However, there are a few things you should take into consideration when deciding if you should do the day trip from London in the Winter.

Will the main attractions be open?

Since winter is the low season for tourism in England some attraction do close for the season.  For example, the Deep Fan Bay Shelter at the Dover Cliffs closes for the season and Dover Castle is only open on the weekends during the winter.  A day trip to Dover in the winter doesn’t make much sense.

How long does it take to get there from London? 

Some attractions in England aren’t very easy to get to.  When you only have one day you need to make sure the travel time is reasonable.  For me, I like to keep it to around two hours or less. 

How Much Time Will You Spend Outside?

I know some people like the cold weather, but not me.  During the winter, I tend to prefer indoor attractions. 

When it is cold it is easy to want to lay low and take it easy.  That being said, the winter weather shouldn’t prevent you from enjoying a day trip from London.  There are plenty of winter day trip options where you can spend most of your time inside. 

England has a lot to offer outside of London, so take advantage of your time here.  Winter can be a good time to see top attractions with less crowds.  Trust me, a winter day trip from London is worth it.

Which day trip from London would you like to do during the winter?

Pin for Later

the Shard building in london in the winter with text overlay

  • Make sure to dress according to the weather so that you will be comfortable when you are out.
  • While crowds will be less than the summer months, there are still some attractions for which you should buy the tickets in advance (i.e. Windsor Castle and Harry Potter Studios)
  • If you will be traveling by train, be sure to book your train tickets in advance and choose specific train times to get the best price.
  • If you purchase the London Pass, your admission to Hampton Court Palace and Windsor Castle are included.  Get more information about the London Pass here.

Disclosure: This post contains affiliate links. This means we will receive a small commission for some purchases made using links in our blog with no additional cost to you.  Please be assured we would not promote any product unless we believe that our readers will also benefit.  The commission does not influence the editorial content of this site.

Last Updated on May 3, 2023

About the Author

Author Image

Anisa  

Anisa is an experienced international traveler with extra pages in her passport and stamps from 41 different countries across 5 continents (and counting). She was born and raised in Texas. After a 13 year stint in NYC, she moved to England to live with her husband.

Session expired

Please log in again. The login page will open in a new tab. After logging in you can close it and return to this page.

Sign Up Below to Download our  FREE Travel Planning Checklist

A Lady in London

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s 5 Winter Day Trips from London

What are the best winter day trips from London? This is one of the most common questions people ask me, so today I’ve decided to dedicate a blog post to answering it. I hope you find it helpful if you’re in London during the winter months.

Winter Day Trips from London

Winter Day Trips from London

You can do any day trip from London in the winter, but there are a few that stand out for specific reasons.

Shop in Rye

The 5 best winter day trips from London are: 1. York 2. Rye 3. New Forest 4. Stonehenge 5. Stratford-upon-Avon

I’ve done all these day trips in the winter, so I’m recommending them to you from personal experience. There’s more about each one in the beautiful Escape London: Days Out within Easy Reach of London book. You can get it here .

1. York Day Trip

I’ve always loved York , and winter is a good time to visit for several reasons.

First, the city goes all-out for Christmas . From markets to ice skating rinks, it’s a great place to spend a day during the festive season. But York is worth a day trip even after the holidays.

This is not least because there are fewer crowds to contend with, which is meaningful in a place where streets are so narrow you can touch the buildings on either side with your arms outstretched.

York, England

2. Rye Day Trip

The little town of Rye in East Sussex is one of my favorite places to travel in England. Its charming streets and chocolate-box ambiance make it a joy for my inner photographer.

On top of that, winter turns Rye into a foodie paradise. Rye Bay Scallop Week takes place every February, and the town is worth a trip just for the shellfish.

Rye, East Sussex

3. New Forest Day Trip

For outdoor types, one of the best winter day trips from London is England’s New Forest .

The misty paths are atmospheric in the colder months, and a long walk in the woods is the perfect way to burn off those Christmas calories.

Then again, there are so many good restaurants in the New Forest that it might be worth putting off the wight-loss regime until spring.

New Forest Pony

4. Stonehenge Day Trip

Stonehenge is another great winter day trip from London. For those in the mood for a spiritual experience or just a spectacle, there’s a big event on the winter solstice where hundreds of people gather to watch the sunrise above the stones.

But it’s worth visiting on other days, too. Since Stonehenge doesn’t take long to see, it’s an ideal day out in months with less daylight hours. It’s also beneficial to visit in the winter since lower visitor numbers mean easier photo opportunities.

Stonehenge

5. Stratford-upon-Avon Day Trip

Shakespeare’s home town of Stratford-upon-Avon is another of my favorite day trips from London in winter. It’s easy to keep warm by heading indoors to see a play at the Royal Shakespeare Theatre, Swan Theatre, or The Other Place.

Shakespeare’s Birthplace, Shakespeare’s New Place, and Anne Hathaway’s Cottage are other good spots for keeping the cold away, and there are lots of ye olde pubs with cozy fires.

I’m so excited about Stratford-upon-Avon that I even went one February for a whole winter weekend getaway .

Stratford-upon-Avon

Winter Day Trip Tips

Whichever one you decide to do, here are my top tips for winter day trips from London:

– Remember that England gets dark early in the winter, so it pays to arrive in the morning. Depending on when you travel, it may be dark by 4 or 4:30pm.

– Dress warmly and check weather forecasts, especially if you’ll be outdoors for a lot of the day. My winter packing list for London has lots of good tips for how to dress for the cold.

– Check opening hours before you travel. Many museums and attractions have reduced hours during the winter season or are closed between autumn and spring.

– Charge your camera batteries before you go. Cold weather can sap battery life quickly, so it’s a good idea to leave London with a full charge.

Garden in Stratford-upon-Avon

Have you been on any good winter day trips from London? Where did you go?

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

One of the links in this blog post is an affiliate link. At no cost to you, I earn a small commission when you click on it and make a purchase. It doesn’t affect the way you shop, and it’s a great way to support the A Lady in London blog.

24 Comments on Lady’s 5 Winter Day Trips from London

Great selection. I’m thinking of exploring Buckinghamshire soon. Cheers, finja

Thanks! I hope you have fun exploring Buckinghamshire. There are a lot of great places there.

I’m doing Bath this week and am hoping that similar to Stonehenge there will be less crowds!

Yeah, I bet there will be. I’ve been to Bath twice in the winter and there were fewer crowds both times.

they’re all on my list:) but I’ve been to Stonehenge:)

I love The Mermaid Inn in Rye! It’s also very haunted! X

Yeah! I love all the ghost stories there.

Awesome suggestions. I’ve been to Stonehenge (September 2016) and Stratford-upon-Avon four times during 2016. Rye in East Sussex sounds lovely. I haven’t done York yet, and I’m based in Cambs! Definitely going to be heading there in Feb. 🙂

Nice! You’ll love York!

I have only went (which I remember) to Stonehenge.

I would like to go to the other 4. I will be in London a few months.

Want to travel right now! 🙂

A hug from Malaga.

That’s great that you’ve been to Stonehenge! I hope you can visit the others on future trips.

Last year I did winter touring and I saw Bath, canterbury, leeds castle for black swan

Nice! That’s great. I hope you had a good time.

I found your blog just before Xmas and love it. London is my favourite city so I’m interested in the opinions / suggestions of a fellow Londonphobe. I’ll be there for a wedding this September and will be planning various day trips based on your posts. All the very best for 2017 Ian from Downunder (Melbourne)

Thanks, Ian! I hope you enjoy your upcoming trip.

I love Stratford-Upon-Avon! I’ve been there twice! But not in winter. Maybe it’s worth giving it a go these days. Oh, what if it snows there? Should be very romantic!

I enjoy your blog and gorgeous photos – your suggestions are providing much inspiration for an upcoming trip! Thank you!

You’re welcome! I’m glad you’ve found inspiration in it. Have a great trip!

Hi there! I’ve just discovered this helpful blog. I’m chuffed to bits because my dad and I are going to London next week. Well, we’ve already been to Oxford, Canterbury, Stratford-upon-Avon, Warwick and Coventry as well. Rye seems such a cozy town. Honestly, it’s quite fascinating. Hope I’ll be able to head there. By the way, would you recommend me any cool literary spots in London or nearby? I’m asking because I’m looking for bookworms’ haunts as well as nice places to visit on a Winter day. Thanks in advance. Loving your articles. Greetings from Italy ?

Thanks! I just wrote a blog post about that, so please take a look at the most recent posts or use the search box to find it and others I’ve published about books.

Julie, I will be in London again sometime this next winter. Rye and the Cotswolds are the day trips that seem most interesting to me of those you posted, also referring to your winter weekend in the Cotswolds post. Beautiful scenery, preserved villages, old churches and castles are probably what most interests me most. Would those be your two highest recommendations for me if I were to do two day trips from the city? Thank you!

It all depends on your interests, so I recommend taking a look at my Travel Planning Services page.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.

Pocket Wanderings

10 perfect UK day trips for an unforgettable day out

Whitby Town In England

I may be biased as a lifelong UK resident, but this country has tons of history, beautiful landscapes and plenty of amazing adventures – if you know where to go.

In some locations, you can visit historic castles, sandy beaches, quaint towns, and artistic galleries, all in one day. So, if you’re from the UK, there’s no need to go far for a holiday!

In this guide, I share 10 of my favourite UK day trips, including how to get there and top things to do in each destination. 

Author Bio: Jessie Moore

Jessie Moore is a luxury travel expert with years of experience travelling the world to find the best destinations, hotels and adventures.

This post contains affiliate links.

Map of the best day trips in the UK

Use the map below to see where all my recommended UK day trips are located:

10 best UK day trips

1. the cotswolds.

Best for: An English countryside experience

Top tour to book: From London: Full-Day Cotswolds Small-Group Tour

Stanton in The Cotswolds

If you’re planning a day trip in the UK, you can’t go wrong with an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty.

The Cotswolds is a perfect spot for a picnic, a walk, and soaking up that dreamy cottagecore aesthetic. You’ll also find truly incredible restaurants and award-winning luxury hotels .

In addition to the charming countryside and hills, there’s plenty to do in the Cotswolds . I love starting at Burford , where the views are gorgeous and you can enjoy some window shopping.

Then, head to pretty Bourton-on-the-Water for a relaxing walk along the river. Plus, don’t miss Castle Combe , Broadway , Stow-on-the-Wold and Cirencester.

This is the ideal day trip for nature lovers and those looking to recharge away from the hustle and bustle of the city.

Discover my Cotswolds guides to help you plan your trip:

  • 12 charming pubs with rooms in the Cotswolds
  • 15 prettiest Cotswolds villages to visit
  • 15 best places for afternoon tea in the Cotswolds
  • 14 unforgettable spa breaks in the Cotswolds

Get access to my Cotswolds travel guide

I have curated all of my Cotswolds knowledge and recommendations into one comprehensive guide, complete with an interactive map, filtering options and itineraries. 

It’s available to buy through Rexby and you can preview parts of it for free. Get in touch if you have any questions about my Cotswolds guide!

2. New Forest

Best for: Wildlife

New Forest Wildlife

Another exceptional national park in England is the New Forest . There’s no need to plan meticulously, as it’s just a 90-minute train ride from London.

I have no doubt that you’ll fall in love with the wildlife and woodlands of this park.

A trip to New Forest involves plenty of strolling and sightseeing, so don’t forget your comfy shoes.

I’d really recommend trying horseback riding if you visit. Or if you’re less active, simply seeing the wild horses and ponies will still be rewarding – head to Burley for the best chance of spotting them.

Other New Forest towns and villages that I’d recommend visiting are Brockenhurst, Lymington, Lyndhurst and Beaulieu.

After a day of hiking and exploring, restore your inner peace by dropping by one of New Forest’s relaxing spas. Or stop by one of the incredible New Forest restaurants for a meal.

If you do fancy staying overnight (and I recommend that you do if you can!), have a read of my guide to the best hotels in the New Forest .

3. Brighton

Best for: A lively coastal getaway

Top tour to book: From London Brighton & Seven Sisters Small-Group Tour

Brighton England

Who says you can’t enjoy a brilliant beachside day in the UK? Brighton is a prime coastal town, offering plenty of activities for families, solo travellers, and couples.

You can’t visit Brighton without heading to the Pier. Not only will you enjoy a splendid seaside view, but you’ll also experience arcades, rides, and classic British food, such as fish and chips!

Many people make the trip to Brighton just to visit the Royal Pavilion – it really looks like something you’d find abroad, not in the UK.

The palace is a marvel, with lavish interiors and amazing architecture, plus I love the romantic surrounding gardens.

4. Lake District

Best for: Hiking

Top tour to book: Lake District: Ten Lakes Full-Day Tour

Ambleside Lake District

A day trip to England’s largest national park is probably already on your UK bucket list .

After all, this World Heritage Site was the filming location for Star Wars: The Force Awakens, Paddington 2, and Miss Potter.

When making the trip to Lake District , I recommend starting early. This way, you can cross off as many attractions as possible!

This includes the magnificent Windermere Lake and Keswick. There are various water activities and serene views, making the trip perfect for large groups with different interests.

If you’re planning a trip, check out my guides before you go:

  • 20 pretty Lake District towns and villages to visit
  • 20 best luxury hotels in the Lake District
  • 23 amazing things to do in the Lake District
  • 20 Michelin restaurants in the Lake District
  • 21 gorgeous afternoon tea spots in the Lake District

5. Cambridge

Best for: Architecture

Top tour to book: Guided River Cam Punting Tour

King's College Chapel Cambridge

Cambridge offers a perfect balance between historical charm and modern ambience. Since this is a University town, you can expect plenty of lively pubs, as well as ancient museums.

Visiting the University is an exceptional way to relish the Gothic architecture and picturesque gardens. Plus, punting on the River Cam is a quintessential activity that you cannot miss.

My tip is to make the visit during the summer, so you can catch the star-studded Folk Festival .

Before you go, have a read of my Cambridge guides:

  • 18 cosy cafés in Cambridge
  • 20 incredible things to do in Cambridge
  • 9 gorgeous luxury hotels in Cambridge
  • 10 dreamy spas in Cambridge
  • 15 lovely spots for afternoon tea in Cambridge
  • 15 best breakfast and brunch spots in Cambridge

6. Whitstable

Best for: Oysters

Whitstable Beach Huts

The charming seaside town of Whitstable in Kent is full of culture and artistic communities, which results in a pretty inspiring and relaxing day trip.

The Whitstable Harbour is where you’ll enjoy fresh seafood and a gorgeous salty sea breeze. In fact, Whitstable is famous for its oysters, so if you’re a fan then you’ll be in your element here!

The Neppy is the reason I always go back, as the food paired with the sea view is marvellous.

The Tankerton Slopes are a perfect spot to enjoy a picnic and snap a couple of pictures for your Instagram.

Make sure to also check out the local galleries and museums. For the perfect trip, it’s best to check the opening times beforehand and bring a raincoat as the weather can be unpredictable.

Discover more of the best coastal towns in Kent .

Best for: Picturesque harbour

Top tour to book: North Moors & Whitby Tour with Steam Railway Ride from York

Whitby Town In England

Another pretty coastal town, Whitby is an absolute gem of a UK day trip in North Yorkshire. This small site is full of rich history, vibrant culture, and stunning scenery.

In particular, Whitby Abbey , the ruins of a 7th-century castle, is an iconic location overlooking the town. It served as an inspiration to multiple films and TV shows.

Don’t miss the quaint fishing villages of Staithes and Robin Hood’s Bay. Plus, I’d recommend seeking out the unspoilt sandy beaches in the area.

8. Isle of Wight

Best for: A beach getaway

Top tour to book: Isle of Wight Day Trip from London

Isle of Wight in England

The Isle of Wight is just a ferry ride away from the mainland, offering plenty of sea charm and history.

You can do it all in this charming Isle, from glamping and stargazing to cycling and sightseeing.

No matter the weather, the season, or your interests, this miniature England is a must-visit.

Here are some of my top historic locations on the Isle of Wight:

  • Osborne House
  • The Needles
  • Carisbrooke Castle
  • Freshwater Bay

One of my favourite restaurants on the Isle of Wight is The Hut.

I’d highly recommend factoring in lunch at this beachfront restaurant on your day trip – but book well in advance, as it’s very popular!

9. Peak District

Best for: Beautiful scenery

Top tour to book: Derbyshire and Peak District Day Trip from Manchester

Peak District National Park, UK

When it comes to landscape and scenery, there’s no place like the Peak District. As a film lover, I had to include this spot as it’s featured in Pride and Prejudice !

This UK day trip is especially perfect for those looking to reconnect with nature and families wanting some outdoor activity. You can visit caves, castles, and parks.

If you make it to Peak District, I’d recommend stopping by Chatsworth House to take in the stunning architecture.

Plus, I always love to stop by Bakewell, which is home to the historic bridge, as well as some delicious local cuisine.

Read my guide to choosing between the Peak District or Lake District .

10. Eden Project

Best for: Gardeners

Top tour to book: Eden Project entry ticket

Eden Project

Lastly, the Eden Project, as the name suggests, is a piece of heaven on earth. It’s hard to believe that this glorious garden was once barren land.

Now, clad with various plants of differing climate zones, you can learn plenty about gardening and marvel at the beauty of nature.

The massive biome includes plenty of activities and learning experiences for kids. Yet, just strolling around the gardens makes for a pretty romantic day trip for couples too.

Discover more of the best things to do in Cornwall when it rains .

The UK isn’t just about London. The nature of the British countryside is unparalleled, as is the myriad of quaint coastal towns, historic cities, and epic National Parks.

Do you have any favourite UK day trips? Let me know in the comments below!

You may also like:

  • 12 must-visit hidden gems in the UK
  • 10 incredible UK cities to visit
  • 12 amazing foodie breaks in the UK
  • 10 best spa hotels in the UK

Want up to 25% off hotels?

Subscribe to my newsletter and get immediate access to my guide on how to save money on flights and hotels. Our weekly emails are filled with adventure inspiration, insider travel tips and exclusive discounts.

Jessie Moore

Jessie is a luxury travel expert with years of experience travelling the world to find the best destinations, hotels and adventures.

Find me on: Web | Instagram

Pocket Wanderings is a luxury travel and lifestyle brand run by London-based content creator, Jessie Moore. Here you’ll find a community of fellow wanderlusters and adventurers.

Quick Links

About Contact Privacy Policy

Open Road Odysseys

11 Fantastic UK Winter Road Trip Itineraries

Open Road Odysseys contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates program. If you make a purchase through any of these links, we may receive compensation at no additional cost to you. You can read Open Road Odysseys' privacy policy here.

Are you dreaming of a UK winter road trip? The moody skies, the snowcapped peaks , the dreamy Christmas markets…if these things are making you itch to hit the open road, then these itineraries will be perfect for you!

Whether you want to see the northern lights, hit up as many Christmas markets as you can, or crave some castles , I’ve got you covered! Here are 11 of the best road trip itineraries for exploring the United Kingdom in the winter!

11 UK winter road trip itineraries

Duncansby Head along the NC500 in Northern Scotland

1. Northern Scotland

Suggested length: 5-6 days Perfect for: northern lights and adventurous travelers

For those who are itching to see the northern lights, you’ll want to head as far north as you can, which means taking a road trip along the NC500 is a perfect choice.

The NC500 is a spectacular route, traversing along the A9 from Inverness and then hugging the coast all the way around the top part of the country. You can visit places like Tain , Ebenezer Place (the world’s shortest street), John O’Groats (the most northern tip of mainland UK), various castles, and breathtaking views around every turn.

If you’re even more adventurous, you could head even further north to the Orkneys or the Shetland Islands and experience an even more remote part of the country.

The best time to see the northern lights is from November to February , so if this is on your bucket list, make sure you plan this trip during these months. While there’s definitely no guarantee they will make an appearance, you’ll have a much better chance the further north you can get.

The Fairy Pools on the Isle of Skye are  a great place to visit on your UK winter road trip

2. Scotland Highlands

Suggested length: 7+ days Perfect for: breathtaking scenery and outdoor activities

The Scottish Highlands are a perfect UK winter road trip destination in every season. From stunning Glencoe to the otherworldly Isle of Skye , to the depths of Loch Ness and the mountains of the Cairngorms , there’s is so much to do that you’ll never experience it all in one trip.

I have two fantastic itinerary options below for you that include the Scottish Highlands. We did our Scotland trip in November and December and we thought it was the perfect time of year to experience this part of the country.

The Best 7-Day Scotland Road Trip For First-Timers The Ultimate 10-Day Scotland Highlands Road Trip Itinerary

If you are interested in skiing, there are also some great locations in the Highlands. Two options are Glencoe Mountain Resort & Nevis Range .

The Edinburgh Christmas Market is a must-see when visiting the city in the wintertime

3. Scotland Cities & Lowlands

Suggested length: 5+ days Perfect for: Christmas markets and city vibes

If Christmas markets are a big item on your winter wish list, exploring the cities of Edinburgh and Glasgow might be a great choice for you.

The cities are only a little over an hour away from each other, making them easy to reach no matter where you want to base yourself. This road trip is best completed in late November through mid-December when the Christmas markets are open.

The Edinburgh Christmas Market is absolutely fantastic, and the city is beyond charming. In fact, Edinburgh is probably my favorite city! You definitely want to spend several days here to get a good feel of the place. Some can’t-miss places include Edinburgh Castle , the Royal Mile , National Museum of Scotland , and Holyrood Park .

You can also head to Glasgow and check out their Christmas market as well. Make some time to visit some other sites as well if you have the time, like Glasgow Cathedral & Necropolis and the Gallery of Modern Art .

If you want to spend some time outside the cities, check out some attractions to the south, such as Melrose Abbey , Tantallon Castle , and Rosslyn Chapel .

You can also do day trips into the Highlands if desired. In this case, I’d recommend booking a tour so you can see as much as possible in one day. Here’s a great option , or you can check out all the choices on Viator .

Stonehenge is a popular tourist attraction in Southcentral England and well worth a stop on a UK winter road trip

4. Southcentral England

Suggested length: 4-5 days Perfect for: history buffs and architecture lovers

England is an amazing place to take a UK winter road trip. There are so many fantastic places to visit that narrowing down the options is difficult! However, if you really enjoy history and architecture, this southcentral England road trip will be a solid choice.

The Winchester Christmas Market is considered one of the best in the entire country, so if you are visiting from late November to mid-December, you should definitely make a stop here! From there you can head to Salisbury Cathedral , a stunning church that has an original copy of the 1215 Magna Carta.

The Cotswolds are also a great place to spend a few days. Explore the charming villages and just slow down and enjoy the small-town life. You can also take a trip to Bath , and if it’s your thing, enjoy a few hours at the Thermae Bath Spa and take the chill away!

For Downton Abbey fans, Highclere Castle is a must. However, there are limited Christmas and wintertime tours and events, so if this is something you really want to do, check into this ahead of time. And you also can’t forget Stonehenge , one of the most famous English attractions of all time.

St Michael's Mount in Cornwall, England

5. Cornwall, England

Suggested length: 6+ days Perfect for: ocean views and unique attractions

Ah, Cornwall. This part of England is definitely one of my favorites, although it really is hard to choose! I spent about 6 days exploring this region and I would have loved to have had more time!

There is so much to do here so you definitely won’t run out of choices. Explore Tintagel Castle , marvel at St. Nectans Glen , wander around the Bodmin Moor , discover the fantastic Eden Project , gaze in awe at St Michael’s Mount , take a hike around Lizard Point , and take a tour around Minack Theatre . There is definitely a little something for everyone in this part of the country.

A fantastic drive to take to/from this area is the Atlantic Highway , which goes from Cornwall to Devon. It hugs the western coastline of the county and offers spectacular views.

Durdle Door along the Jurassic Coast of England

6. Jurassic Coast, England

Suggested length: 3-4 days Perfect for: ocean views and walks

If you love to take walks with spectacular ocean views and scenery, then the Jurassic Coast is the place for you. This whole area is connected by the South West Coast Path , a 630-mile trail across the coast of England. While you probably won’t have time to do the entire path, there are plenty of great areas to section hike and see some of the highlights.

Durdle Door and Lulworth Cove are two such landmarks that are definitely worth the hike. Other popular ones include Butter Rock , Mupe Bay Beach , and Tyneham Cap and Village .

If you want to do more than just hiking, there are lots of choices. Corfe Castle is really neat to see, and the train station reminds me so much of Hogsmeade Station from Harry Potter! If you’ve got a few rainy days, there are a couple of museums in Dorchester that are worth visiting, including The Tutankhamun Exhibition and the Terracotta Warrior Museum .

The Lake District in England is a great place for a UK winter road trip

7. Lake District, England

Suggested length: 3-4 days Perfect for: landscape views and small villages

The Lake District is one of the most beautiful places in England. Whether you’d rather spend your time relaxing in the various towns and eating all the good pub grub, or if hiking and being outside as much as possible is your cup of tea, the Lake District is a great choice.

Make sure you drive around Windermere , England’s largest lake. Experience all the scenery, take a hike or two in the national park, and just enjoy. You should also spend some time exploring the villages and eating all the good food.

York Minster in York, England

8. Central England

Suggested length: 7+ days Perfect for: cities & Christmas markets

You could spend months in just the central part of England and not even scratch the surface, but if you want to see as many Christmas markets as possible and would rather experience city life, then Central England is for you.

If there’s one city you cannot miss, it’s Birmingham for their Frankfurt Christmas Market . It’s the biggest German Christmas market outside Germany or Austria, and if you’re traveling in the winter months, this is a bucket list item for sure. While you’re there, you can also check out Symphony Hall , Birmingham Museum & Art Gallery , and Cadbury World .

From there, some other cities you can consider include Lincoln , Leeds , York , Manchester , and Liverpool . Each city has its own feel and claim to fame. If you make it all the way up to York, take a day trip out to North York Moors National Park . On the way, check out Castle Howard . They put on a tremendous Christmas display for the holidays that is worth seeing if you’re visiting at the right time of year.

Big Ben in London, England

Suggested length: 4+ days Perfect for: city lovers

Wait, a road trip in London? OK, so maybe London isn’t the best city to explore by car, especially since the public transportation system will get you everywhere you need to go. But even if you want to do a road trip, a few days in London before or after is still worth it, especially if you are flying in and out of the city.

You can also base yourself in the London area and do day trips from there if you feel the need to get out of the city. Places like Brighton , Oxford , Cambridge , Canterbury , or Dover would all be good options if you’re itching to hit the road.

While you’re in the city, there are so many things to see! Some can’t-miss places include the Tower of London , Westminster Abbey , St. Paul’s Cathedral , Big Ben , and Buckingham Palace . There are also so many museums! Plus if you’re there during Christmastime, the Hyde Park Winter Wonderland is supposed to be spectacular!

Northern Ireland is one of the best places for a UK winter road trip. You'll get to see places like Giants Causeway

10. Northern Ireland

Suggested length: 4-5 days Perfect for: photographers and movie buffs

Northern Ireland is a perfect UK winter road trip destination. The Causeway Coastal Route , which is a 120-mile drive from Belfast to Derry, is a prime road trip route. It’s well maintained in the winter months and has so much to see in such a short distance, including some sites featured in popular movies and TV shows.

Start in Belfast , where you can’t miss the Titanic Museum . Other notable attractions include City Hall , St. Anne’s Cathedral , and Belfast Castle .

As you make your way along the coastal route, there are dozens of places you can stop depending on your interests. Some of the highlights are the Giant’s Causeway , the Dark Hedges (made famous from “Game of Thrones”), Carrick-a-rede Rope Bridge , Old Bushmills Distillery , and Gobbins Cliff Path .

You can easily drive the entire route in 2 days, but take your time and see as many of the sights as you can. This whole area of Northern Ireland is jaw-dropping, and once you’re here, you’ll have a hard time leaving!

Snowdonia in Wales, UK

Suggested length: 5+ days Perfect for: hiking and fun driving roads

Wales is a country that often gets overlooked for its bigger siblings, Scotland and England. But Wales has SO much to offer, and even though you’ll only get a taste of it on this 5+ day road trip, it will leave you wanting to come back ASAP!

For outdoor lovers, Snowdonia is a paradise. With so many hiking trails and stunning views of Snowdon practically everywhere you go, you could spend days here and never get bored.

If you’re a driving enthusiast, Black Mountain Road in Brecon Beacons National Park is perfect for you. This road was featured in “Top Gear” and is full of twists, turns, and dips. Its official name is A4069, but how boring is that? Just be extra careful in the winter in case there is snow or ice on the road.

Other places in Wales that are worth visiting include Cardiff , St Davids , Tenby , and Portmeirion .

Why should I take a UK winter road trip?

If you’re wondering why you should even consider taking a road trip in the UK during the cold, rainy winter months, I think there are plenty of reasons! My husband and I have visited the UK during the off-season several times, and every trip has been fantastic and well worth it.

Less traffic and fewer tourists

One of the biggest selling points for me is the fact that there are way fewer tourists around. Oftentimes, I would get an entire attraction to myself, or at least only have a few other people around. You’ll experience a much quieter, authentic experience and have very few people in your photos.

Plus, if you aren’t used to driving on the narrow lanes and on the other side of the car and road, having fewer vehicles on the road will be a lot less stressful too.

Cheaper prices

The off-season also means cheaper prices. If you’re on a tighter budget, your money will go a heck of a lot farther in the winter than in the busy summer months. This includes accommodations, food, ticket prices, and even airfare.

The only exception to this is the holidays – prices over Christmas and New Year can be pretty expensive, so keep that in mind when deciding when you want to visit.

Stunning snow-covered scenery

While snow isn’t always guaranteed, how beautiful does everything look under a coating of white? To me, it makes everything seem just a bit more magical, and if you’re looking for a way to get into the Christmas spirit, what better way than a drive through a magical winter wonderland?

Christmas markets

And of course, who can resist a good Christmas market? These markets usually only run from late November up through Christmas and sometimes into January, but every one is different. So if you plan to visit the UK in the winter but after Christmas, you may miss these events. Do some research before you plan your trip if this is something you really want to experience.

Tyneham Cap along the Jurassic Coast in England

How long should my UK winter road trip be?

The short answer: however long you’d like!

Just like with any road trip, there are a few factors when considering how long your road trip should be . But ultimately, you can do any of these road trips in any time frame you’d like as long as you make a good plan and know how much you can really see in that amount of time.

You could even string several of these road trips together to create your perfect itinerary if you’ve got a longer period of time. I mean, that’s the dream, right?

How do you plan a UK winter road trip?

Planning any road trip takes a bit of time, but here are the basics you’ll need to consider.

  • Pick an area or the type of road trip you’d like to do. Would you rather spend more time outside, or does seeing the city sights excite you more? Have you been dying to see a particular part of the UK? Check out all the options above to find the road trip that appeals to you.
  • Figure out your desired length of time. Do you have an entire week at your disposal, or can you only manage 4-5 days? Know exactly how many days you’ll have to explore so you can continue planning.
  • Determine your budget. You can’t continue planning your road trip if you don’t know how much money you have to spend. This will help you figure out the rest of your plans, like where you can stay and how many attraction tickets you can realistically afford.
  • Research, research, research! I personally think this is the best part of the trip-planning phase. You get to figure out what you want to see and it will get you really excited to actually experience these places for yourself! This is also where you will find out what places are open at the time of year you are visiting. However, if researching all the things to do is too overwhelming for you, have someone else do it!
  • Pick your major points of interest. Once you’ve figured out your options, now you can narrow down and determine what your top choices are. You probably can’t fit everything in, so decide what are the top priorities and filter down from there.
  • Plan your route. Once you know what you want to see, determine the route you’ll take to get to each place. I’m not saying you have to plan everything out to a T, but knowing the approximate route can help you see as much as possible in the time frame you have. This will also help you with the next step in finding places to stay .
  • Start booking! Accommodations, car rental , flights, you name it – this is the time when you’ll start committing to your plan. Also, see if it’s worth buying certain attraction tickets ahead of time as the prices are sometimes cheaper if you book in advance.
  • Pack appropriately. Winters in the UK are pretty cold and rainy, so make sure you’ve got everything you need, including warm clothing, lots of layers, rain gear, and waterproof shoes. Here’s a list of everything to consider packing for a road trip!
  • Have a fantastic trip! Enjoy every minute of it and take lots of photos!

Corfe Castle in southern England

What will the weather be like on my UK winter road trip?

Just like most of the year, winter weather in the UK will be unpredictable. However, you can expect it to be cold, cloudy, and rainy most days. You may experience some snow, with it being more likely in the higher elevations and the further north you go.

Ultimately, plan for everything and you’ll be set!

UK winter road trip tips & tricks

  • Make sure the vehicle’s tires are in good condition and suitable for winter driving. If you are renting the car, give them a good inspection before leaving.
  • Make sure the windshield wipers are in good shape.
  • Have blankets, extra warm clothing, food, and water with you in case you get stuck somewhere. It’s better to be extra prepared than not prepared enough!
  • Consider upgrading to a 4WD vehicle if your budget allows – if not, make sure you have some experience driving in winter conditions with a 2WD vehicle. The majority of the time, any car should be fine to drive in the winter in the UK, but if you are uncomfortable with winter driving, a 4WD will give you better piece of mind.
  • Check the weather and be flexible if you need to adjust your plans. Safety should be the #1 priority. Don’t continue your trip if the roads are dangerous.
  • There will be some attractions and restaurants that are closed this time of year. Make sure you do your research so you aren’t disappointed.
  • The days will be shorter than you may be used to if you live further south in the hemisphere. You may only get about 7-8 hours of daylight depending on when and where you are visiting ( you can check sunrise and sunset times for your destination here ). Keep this in mind for outdoor activities and make sure you are mindful of when the sun goes down if you plan to be out hiking and exploring.

UK winter road trip car rentals

If you are not local and are coming into the UK from another country, you’ll need to rent a vehicle. I highly recommend using Discovercars.com to book your car rental.

It’s very easy to use and search for what you want, the customer service is fantastic and available 24/7, and you’ll always get free cancellations. Plus, they have the best prices, so you really can’t go wrong.

The city of Bath, England

Conclusion: UK winter road trip itineraries

A UK winter road trip will be a vacation you won’t soon forget. I hope these 11 itinerary options were helpful in helping you decide and plan your next road trip!

Your turn: which of these road trips do you plan on taking next? Let me know in the comments!

' src=

Stefanie Henne is an experienced road trip travel blogger who specializes in helping others plan their dream vacation, no matter their budget or time restraints. Go here to read more about Stef's story. If you want to send Stef a message, visit her contact page here.

We value your privacy

Privacy overview.

  • Inspiration
  • Destinations
  • Places To Stay
  • Style & Culture
  • Food & Drink
  • Wellness & Spas
  • News & Advice
  • Partnerships
  • Traveller's Directory
  • Travel Tips
  • Competitions

Where to go for a winter holiday in the UK

The prettiest places to go for a winter break in the UK

All products are independently selected by our editors. If you buy something, we may earn an affiliate commission.

Once the picnic hampers and swimwear from our summer beach breaks have been safely stowed away and we’re fairly sure that all the sand has drained from our suitcase, we can finally let our minds drift to the cosiest of all getaways: a UK winter holiday. Cashmere blankets, hot chocolates and Hunter wellies at the ready, when it comes to a break in the cooler climes, we’re all in for as much mud as we can get outside and as many logs as we can get on the fire inside. In short, ramp up the cottagecore atmosphere (a world of slow living, thatched roofs and bliss in domesticity), and we’re on our way.

And to help you work out where to hang your hat (and your coat, scarf and gloves), we’ve rounded up the best places to visit, and to stay, for a UK winter holiday, whether you’re after bracing walks on crisp and frosty mornings, icy lakes that glisten in the sun or picturesque snow-covered mountain peaks. Vive l'escapade cosy, right?

Best for a fairytale winter escape  Perfectly placed among the Cotswolds' prettiest villages Broadway is a storybook...

Broadway, Worcestershire

Best for: a fairytale winter escape

Perfectly placed among the Cotswolds' prettiest villages , Broadway is a storybook setting for a festive holiday. Come for cottagecore to the extreme – thatched roofs glistening with frost, chimneys puffing out the excess of roaring fires and endless rolling hills covered in a blanket of thick, soft snow. Spend mornings hiking along the Cotswolds Way walking route, and afternoons cosying up in some of England's best country pubs where roasts are piled high with all the trimmings and strolls home are best accompanied by a takeaway mulled wine while watching the festive lights twinkle away on the high street.

Where to stay: Right in the middle of the high street sits the Lygon Arms , a classic Cotswold getaway. James Martin has just opened two restaurants inside (the Grill and the Tavern), and the afternoon tea is a welcome warm-up routine post-walk. There is a spa, too, with a selection of treatments to choose from (the Warm Oil massage sounds like a perfect winter treat) and a sauna, steam room and 14-metre swimming pool.

Best for your nature fix  In Scotland's Cairngorms National Park Braemar is a cutesy village surrounded by endless...

Braemar, Scotland

Best for: your nature fix

In Scotland's Cairngorms National Park, Braemar is a cutesy village surrounded by endless greenery waiting to be explored. There are plenty of walking routes which are magical in the winter – think frosted branches, icy lochs and snow-heaped munros. Nearby, the royal castle of Balmoral is a must, while Braemar Castle is also a point of interest for history buffs. Out in the sticks, keep your eyes peeled for wildlife: red squirrels, deer, mountain hares and pine martens roam the grounds, while eagles and ospreys soar through the skies.

Where to stay: Since art dealers Ivan and Manuela Wirth opened The Fife Arms in 2018, the hotel quickly became one of Scotland's most iconic stays. Huddle up by the fire to gaze at the art adorning the wall (there's pieces by Picasso, Man Ray, Louise Bourgeois, Lucian Freud and Pieter Brueghel the Younger strewn around the place), or hunker down in the Clunie Dining Room where wood-fired cooking is the only thing that could tear eyes away from the bespoke wall paintings by artist Guillermo Kuitca.

Best for scenes straight out of a Christmas movie  This sleepy town is no stranger to the limelight. It's been used for...

Castle Combe, Wiltshire

Best for: scenes straight out of a Christmas movie

This sleepy town is no stranger to the limelight. It's been used for a host of different film and TV projects from Doctor Dolittle and War Horse to Stardust, Downton Abbey and Bridgerton . And the 16th-century hamlet isn't one to hunker down for the cold season – the village takes on a new leading role come winter. Amble through winding streets sprinkled with a thin layer of snow, stop by the village hall to see if there are any Christmas markets popping up and go on long, mucky walks through the surrounding hillsides.

Where to stay: Lucknam Park is a country-house hotel just a 10-minute drive from Castle Combe. After a day spent exploring the village, pull up to this grand estate where you'll be swept away by the perfectly pretty gardens, stunning bedrooms and old-school dining areas.

Bath Somerset

Bath, Somerset

Best for: leisurely cobblestone strolls

Positioned at the heart of the Somerset countryside and surrounded by the Avon river, Bath is one of England’s most well-known and well-loved city breaks all year round, though in the winter it really comes into its own. For among the grand Regency façades and scores of honey-hued streets lined with independent shops and delis, lie many opportunities to warm up in true Bath-style: in the thermae spas that it’s so famed for. Convalescing in the steaming waters here is a must-do experience that has enchanted humans through the ages, from the Romans to the petticoat-clad women of the Regency era and now, the solace-seeking visitors of the 21st century.

Where to stay: From its regal perch in the middle of the Royal Crescent arc, the Royal Crescent Hotel & Spa is one of the most famous hotels in Bath , fronted by manicured green gardens and boasting views down and over the city. For an authentic taste of Bath life, the handsome villa – enchantingly named ‘ Georgian Blushes ’ by Plum Guide sits in the well-heeled residential district of Bathwick. Commanding incredible views of the city of Bath, just a 20-minute walk away, it's easy to see why this neighbourhood is so sought-after. For more private stays, see our pick of the best Airbnbs in Bath . 

Best for kayaking in a private estuary  Beaulieu River is the idyllic location for invigorating twohour guided ‘winter...

Beaulieu, New Forest

Best for: kayaking in a private estuary

Beaulieu River is the idyllic location for invigorating two-hour guided ‘winter paddling’ sessions with New Forest Activities : choose from either open-top Canadian canoes or typical stable touring kayaks and push off from Baileys Hard. Large sections of the river are part of the North Solent Nature Reserve, which means plenty of birds flitting along the reed-covered banks to distract from any aching arms. Just remember to bring a flask of steaming hot chocolate to help you warm up afterwards.

Where to stay: One of our favourite hotels in the New Forest , The Montagu Arms Hotel , is idyllically placed on a corner in Beaulieu, sandwiched between the high street and the river. Another option is Chewton Glen , a classic English country hotel with a brilliant spa.

Ullswater Lake District

Ullswater, Lake District

Best for: scenic hikes

The setting for William Wordsworth’s famous poem  Daffodils  has much more to recommend than just that which would entice literary buffs. Ullswater - the second largest lake in the  Lake District  - ripples on the border between the historic counties of Cumberland and Westmorland, and is encircled by moor-covered fells and off-grid Airbnbs and guest houses that invite cosy nightcaps after a day’s thermal-clad explorations. The lake itself was scooped out by a glacier in the Last Ice Age and so it’s an area already au-fait with cold and so it will come as little surprise that chilly staycations here are well-catered for, with enchanting hiking trails matched by equally as enchanting stately homes and gardens for anyone wanting a respite from the crisp climate.

Where to stay:   Another Place , with its infinity pool basking in the imposing shadow of the mountain range beyond, is an 18th-century lakeside home turned upmarket hotel & spa, while this  traditional boathouse  on the shore of the lake itself offers a romantic hideaway for those wanting a front-row seat to the action. See our pick of the best Airbnbs in the Lake District for more options.

Salisbury Wiltshire

Salisbury, Wiltshire

Best for: a cultural fix

The medieval cathedral city of Salisbury in Wiltshire sprawls out from the ornate, 13th-century cathedral (which holds the original copy of the Magna Carta from 1215 A.D) and along the banks of the River Avon. Its rich and storied history never fails to enchant and delight those who visit, with the centre notable for its checkerboard layout, with enclosed gardens squeezed between the houses. Stonehenge on the Salisbury Plains is just nine miles from the middle of the city, though closer to its nucleus, a clutch of boutiques, first-rate eateries and museums are enough to keep those who visit well-entertained, both indoors and out.

Where to stay: for self-catering, this newly converted barn with breathtaking views over the picturesque Chalke Valley is dog-friendly and has a farm shop on-site, or the country-chic quarters of Bishopstrow Hotel & Spa feature a glass-fronted restaurant and a spa.

Best for fabulously festive illuminations  The illuminated light trail is always a highlight of the Christmas...

Woodstock, The Cotswolds

Best for: fabulously festive illuminations

The illuminated light trail is always a highlight of the Christmas celebrations at Blenheim Palace , from the vaulted Tunnel of Light that twinkles with more than 100,000 white bulbs to the futuristic woodland Laser Garden and the Water Terrace pièce de résistance, where coloured lights are projected onto the palace’s façade. Sip a cup of mulled cider as you explore the grounds, and afterwards toast marshmallows around the fire pit.

Where to stay: The Swan Inn , a smart pub with rooms in Chipping Norton, or take over one of our favourite Airbnbs in the Cotswolds .

York North Yorkshire

York, North Yorkshire

Best for: exploring the medieval streets

There is something distinctively special about York in the winter, its grand cathedrals, ramshackle labyrinth of shopping streets and Bohemian spirit wrapped in a quilt of frost, the Great Bundled-up milling within its ancient walls. Originally a Roman and then Viking settlement, history is woven into every structure and street within its old centre, though the outskirts are now peppered with quirky boutiques, lively student haunts and an inventive foodie scene. Ghost tours are a hot ticket here, as is any sort of tour that affords a slightly off-beat take on the culture, and the Viking museum of Jorvik is a hit with visitors young and old.

Where to stay: Part of a convent that is still in operation, historic The Bar Convent (inventive, we know) is one of Britain's more unusual guest-houses and offers a thoughtful antidote to the pricier properties that well-heeled travellers tend to opt for. Sleeping four, The Grand Old Duchess sits on the right-hand side of the River Ouse close to the locally loved Bishopthorpe Road – a street given the nickname 'The Notting Hill of the North'.

Best for bird spotting and boat trips  You know winter is on its way when thousands of pinkfooted geese migrate to the...

Cley Marshes, Norfolk

Best for: bird spotting and boat trips

You know winter is on its way when thousands of pink-footed geese migrate to the UK. Each year these pink-grey birds swap their breeding grounds in Greenland and Iceland for the mudflats and salt marshes of Norfolk (most arrive by the end of November), where they spend their days feeding on the tops and tails of sugar beet left in the fields by farmers. The sight, as the flocks fly back to their roosts at dusk, is extraordinary. December and January are also peak months for grey seals to give birth to their pups: head out on boat trips from Morston Quay for an up-close look at these inquisitive creatures swimming in the water and lolling on the beaches.

Where to stay: The Victoria Inn, Holkham , a 19th-century hotel surrounded by acres of parkland. See our edit of the best hotels in Norfolk for more options. 

Best for a bookish weekend break in the UK  In normal years the main difference between the annual Winter Weekend...

Hay-on-Wye, Wales

Best for: a bookish weekend break in the UK

In normal years, the main difference between the annual Winter Weekend festival in Hay-on-Wye and its longer literary counterpart in May is that while the talks – by writers, artists, academics, thinkers – still take place in a tent, there’s a real focus on events in the town too. In 2020, the event will be streamed digitally – but visiting the town in winter to leaf through the many bookshops is still a wonderful low-key day trip.

Where to stay: Cheese Market Flats , which occupy a splendid vantage point in the historic market opposite the castle.

Best for surfing big breaks without the crowds  The water might be icy but theres no need to hang up your wetsuit winter...

Newquay, Cornwall

Best for: surfing big breaks without the crowds

The water might be icy but there’s no need to hang up your wetsuit: winter surfing in Cornwall is mercifully crowd free apart from a handful of hardcore locals who turn out in all weathers to make the most of the swells (during the colder months, low-pressure systems build up in the Atlantic, driving surf towards the west coast). And there are plenty of sweet spots to choose from, whether it’s Newquay’s legendary Fistral beach or protected Praa Sands, an hour’s drive away near Porthleven, where the northwest to northeast winds create hollow, fast waves.

Where to stay: Watergate Bay , a renowned beachside hotel with eco-friendly self-catering accommodation. For more options, see our edit of the best hotels in Cornwall .

Best for a mindful meander in winter gardens  Theres something rather wonderful about crunching along the frosty narrow...

Lode, Cambridgeshire

Best for: a mindful meander in winter gardens

There’s something rather wonderful about crunching along the frosty narrow path at Anglesey Abbey , just outside Cambridge , on a freezing sunny morning. Here, the Winter Garden has been specially designed with plants that are at their most vibrant in the colder months: flaming scarlet willow and red-barked dogwood, the Killarney strawberry tree, which bears fruit just before Christmas, and the grove of Himalayan silver birch trees with their stark white trunks. Snowdrops bloom in January and February, and the scent of winter–flowering honeysuckle and Christmas box fills the air. Those who want to make it more of a ‘mindful meander’ can pick up a sensory trail map from reception, which marks the most peaceful spots for contemplation.

Where to stay: The University Arms , a Victorian hotel transformed by Royal Family-approved classical architect John Simpson.

Best for a glimpse of the northern lights  Instead of hopping on a plane to the Arctic Circle to see the northern lights...

The Wild Atlantic Way, Ireland

Best for: a glimpse of the northern lights

Instead of hopping on a plane to the Arctic Circle to see the northern lights, rent a car and drive a section of the Wild Atlantic Way , which stretches 1,500 miles along the west coast of Ireland . With secluded bays, rocky headlands and sheep-dotted hills, it’s pretty magical at any time of year but brave the changeable weather and there’s a chance of witnessing the Aurora Borealis too. The unpolluted skies of the unspoilt Northern Headlands at the tip of the route are your best bet for a clear sighting.

Where to stay: The Wild Honey Inn , an old-school restaurant with rooms.

Best for wild walking in the hills  Whether strolling the length of the sevenmile Borrowdale Valley or yomping up the...

The Lake District, Cumbria

Best for: wild walking in the hills

Whether strolling the length of the seven-mile Borrowdale Valley or yomping up the steep path to Tarn Hows, through woodland and past gushing waterfalls, the possibilities for wild winter walking in the Lake District are endless. Yes it’s glorious in the summer sun but it’s equally atmospheric in the off-season mist and drizzle, when there are far fewer walkers and the solitude of the mountains acts like a soulful reset. Pack waterproofs and sturdy boots, and plot your path so there’s a rewarding tea shop or cosy pub at the end.

Where to stay: The Kirkstile Inn , a handsome, traditional 16th-century inn.

Best for allaction winter sports   Forget Switzerland Scotland has skiing much closer to home. The varied terrain at...

Cairngorms, The Scottish Highlands

Best for: all-action winter sports (and reindeer)

Forget Switzerland , Scotland has skiing much closer to home. The varied terrain at Glenshee , in the Cairngorms National Park, makes it one of the best options for skiers and snowboarders of all levels. Runs extend across three valleys and several mountains, including Glas Maol, which offers access to some of the best off-piste slopes. While you’re in the Highlands , don’t miss the chance to visit the Cairngorm Reindeer Herd that roams the mountains .

Where to stay: Killiehuntly Farmhouse , an impeccably renovated 17th-century farmhouse.

Best for a buttonbusting foodie break  From Michelinstarred gastropubs  think chefowner Daniel Smiths refurbished...

Canterbury, Kent

Best for: a button-busting foodie break

From Michelin-starred gastropubs – think chef-owner Daniel Smith’s refurbished riverside pub The Fordwich Arms in Fordwich and Stephen Harris’ The Sportsman in Seasalter – to the Goods Shed farmers market and food hall in Canterbury, the foodie buzz about this corner of the UK has been growing for some time. Plan a weekend around a list of must-try restaurants and, in between meal times, cycle off what you eat along the Viking Coastal Trail, which takes in of-the-moment seaside towns such as Margate , Broadstairs and Ramsgate.

Where to stay: The Pig at Bridge Place , a foodie hideaway set in a 17th-century manor.

10 ways to get out of London and into the countryside for the day

Claire Naylor

Mar 12, 2024 • 11 min read

day trips uk winter

Brighton Beach is just a short train journey from London © Klaus Vedfelt / Shutterstock

Since London is a world unto itself, it’s only natural that many travelers never look beyond the confines of the city limits for a fulfilling trip.

But when you’ve made the most of free entry to the city’s best museums  and wandered through its many vast parks and green spaces , you might be ready for a day trip to explore the towns, historic sites and coastline that lie just beyond the capital.

Many of the most famous attractions in England  are just a short train ride away from London . While road trips are also a great option farther afield, in and around London, traffic and exorbitant parking fees mean escaping the city by train (or bus) is usually your best bet. For the cheapest rates, try to book rail tickets at least three months in advance. 

Then set out on one of these great itineraries, the 10 best day trips from London.

The changing of the guard ceremony at Windsor Castle, Berkshire, England, United Kingdom

1. Explore royal Windsor and nearby Eton 

Travel time: 1 hour

Most people who visit Windsor do so to see Windsor Castle , the location for many a royal wedding  and the place where Queen Elizabeth II (and many other monarchs before her) spent much of her life and is now resting in peace. Along with its towers and beautiful chapels, you can also see the Changing of the Guard , a ceremony packed with music and pageantry.

The best way to appreciate the full majesty of Windsor Castle is to approach via the aptly named Long Walk. This arrow-straight road cuts through Windsor Great Park . (There are no cars, but you might see some deer.) While the castle could keep you busy for days, must-sees include Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House , the Albert Memorial Chapel and the State Apartments. Across the river, Eton is a pretty little town that's quieter than Windsor and worth a stroll.

How to get to Windsor from London: Trains run from London Paddington and London Waterloo twice an hour; the journey takes between 40 and 60 minutes and the Paddington line requires a change at Slough. It’s around a 45-minute drive, and there are parking lots near the town center and at the base of the castle.

Sunset at low tide at Margate, Kent, England, United Kingdom

2. Enjoy art and amusements in Margate

Travel time: 1 hour 30 minutes

Its long curve of golden sand made Margate a  top seaside destination for the Victorians, only to fall out of town with holidaymakers in the late 20th century. Recent investment has brought many day-trippers back to enjoy its retro charm.

Leading the way with this regeneration is art gallery  Turner Contemporary , one of the top attractions in the area, which showcases world-class art exhibits with superb views of the harbor and beyond. The skies off the coast here captivated the great painter JMW Turner; linger in the gallery yourself to take in the light out on and off the sea. Internationally renowned artist Tracey Emin has also opened a studio and exhibition space in Cliftonville. 

If you like your day to be sprinkled with a bit of mystery, then book a ticket to tour the intriguing  Shell Grotto  (is it an ancient site or a 19th-century hoax?), while  Dreamland  is the town's famous amusement park and a great day out for the family, with many different classic rides. Once you've got your fill of the windswept beach, artworks and rides, warm up with a hot chocolate at one of the independent cafes in the rejuvenated old town before browsing or buying in the many vintage stores.

How to get to Margate from London: Trains run to Margate station, right on the beach, from London St Pancras International (1 hour 30 minutes) and Victoria (1 hour 40 minutes). It takes around two hours to drive from London to Margate, and you should expect to pay upward of £10 to park all day in town.

Interior view of the famous Great Hall in Christ Church College, Oxford, Oxfordshire, England, United Kingdom

3. Spot Harry Potter fans in Oxford

Best known for its world-famous university and forest of ocher spires, Oxford is a grand old place steeped in privilege and prestige. Though it’s hard to escape the history of this storied town, the large student population keeps the atmosphere young and fresh, and there’s plenty for visitors to do. Highlights include several museums, punting along the River Isis and the 30 colleges that make up the university, the most famous of which are Christ Church and Magdalen . You could easily spend more than a day in Oxford.

A tour of the university colleges is a must. (Harry Potter fans will recognize various locations used in the movies.)  Blenheim Palace , a monumental 18th-century country house and the birthplace of Winston Churchill, is a short bus ride or drive from the city.

How to get to Oxford from London: Trains from London Marylebone and London Paddington to Oxford run several times an hour, and the journey time is about an hour. If you’re on a tight budget, consider taking the Oxford Tube , a coach that departs from several locations in London. Driving time is around two hours, but you’ll have to park outside town and catch a shuttle bus for the last leg.

Tourists enjoying punt tour in the heart of old Canterbury, Kent, England, United Kingdom

4. Visit the country’s most important cathedral in Canterbury

Canterbury is one of England’s most attractive and important cathedral cities, with its star building considered one of the finest in Europe. The town itself is almost absurdly quaint, with narrow alleyways following the original medieval street plan and the River Stour idling past Tudor facades.

Visiting  Canterbury Cathedral , a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is an absolute must. As the seat of the Archbishop of Canterbury, leader of the Church of England, it’s the most important Christian site in the country. Just outside, you can see the ruins of the 6th-century St Augustine’s Abbey .

Other highlights include the Beaney House of Art and Knowledge  and boating trips  on the River Stour. On these peaceful jaunts in a flat-bottomed punt, knowledgeable guides share stories of the city as they expertly navigate the boat under bridges with barely any headroom. For a traditional English tearoom experience, visit  Tiny Tim’s Tearoom . 

How to get to Canterbury from London: Fast trains from London St Pancras International depart once an hour, with the journey taking about an hour. Slower trains (1 hour 30 minutes) run from London Victoria and London Charing Cross. The drive takes around an hour and a half.

Two New Forest ponies standing among heather on a frosty morning in the New Forest, England

5. Head into nature in the New Forest

Designated a  national park  in 2005, the New Forest dates all the way back to 1079. So it’s anything but ”new.” And it’s not even really a forest.

Comprising woodland, bog, marshland, heathland and coast, with many quaint villages in between, the area is home to free-roaming animals, including pigs, cattle and the famed ponies. You can easily spend more than a day in the New Forest, and while there are fantastic cycling routes and hiking trails, to make the most of the region as a whole, it’s best to explore by car.

If you’re in the New Forest for just the day, focus your attention on one activity, whether that’s visiting a historic site, such as Buckler's Hard, Hurst Castle  or Beaulieu ; or following a walking trail, where you’ll be drawn in by the beautiful colors of the landscapes. Many people come to the area simply to dine at The Pig  in Brockenhurst, which celebrates home-grown and local produce (book well in advance).

How to get to the New Forest from London:  The region is slightly under a two-hour drive from central London. If traveling by train (1 hour 30 minutes from London Waterloo to Brockenhurst), consider renting bikes and following trails that take you beyond the town.

People sit on the grass on a sunny day in front of Winchester Cathedral in Winchester, England

6. Step back in time in Winchester

Travel time: 1 hour

Its fabulous cathedral officially makes  Winchester  a city – though it has more of the feel of a friendly small town. The city served as England’s capital about 1000 years ago and was the home of King Alfred the Great; today, it boasts a variety of excellent pubs, countryside walks and lively streets.

At the top of the high street is an imitation of King Arthur’s Round Table hanging in the Great Hall . Just off the high street through a short alleyway is Winchester Cathedral , a stunning building with the longest nave of any Gothic cathedral in Europe. Back on the high street, head past the statue of Alfred the Great to the River Itchen, then follow it to get to Winchester College .

How to get to Winchester from London: Trains leave London Waterloo several times an hour, and the journey time is about an hour. The drive from central London takes around 1 hour 30 minutes, and Winchester’s city center has several parking options.

The famous Royal Crescent at Bath, Somerset, England, United Kingdom

7. Marvel at Roman ruins and Regency streetscapes in Bath

Bath might be Britain ’s most beautiful city. Founded by the Romans, who used the area’s thermal springs to create a spa retreat, it’s now the premier tourist attraction of southwest England . It’s also celebrated for its magnificent Georgian architecture, with grand squares and felicitous crescents defining the city.

Start at the beginning with the Roman Baths complex, which is divided into four main parts: the Bath House, the Sacred Spring, the Roman Temple and the museum, displaying fascinating finds from the ruins. Next, have a wander around Bath Abbey , a huge medieval church that you can climb to the top of. Fuel up with the substantial gastropub fare at  Marlborough Tavern .

If you have time, it's worth staying in Bath for the full weekend. Wander the streets and enjoy the architecture, including ulteney Bridge and the  Royal Crescent , two of the city’s Georgian masterpieces – then take time to relax in Thermae Bath Spa .

How to get to Bath from London: Direct trains leave London Paddington twice an hour; the journey time is 1 hour 30 minutes. Driving takes around 2 hours 30 minutes, but traffic around the city is often heavy, with parking very limited and expensive.

People enjoying the 2019 Brighton Pride Parade. Brighton, England

8. Soak up Brighton’s indie attitude

Stuffed with independent businesses and creative spirit, Brighton is often referred to as London-on-Sea – though these days that’s more a nod to property prices than a reference to its character. This city has a personality all its own – grungy, creative and bohemian – and it's one of the UK's most LGBTIQ+ friendly cities.

There’s no shortage of things to do  in Brighton. Start in the North Laine neighborhood, packed with pubs, cafes and theaters, before going shopping in The Lanes a little farther south. Make a visit to the eccentric Royal Pavilion – built by King George IV in 1787 as a seaside retreat – and take a walk along the pier while checking out the amusements and swimmers at the beach. Brighton teems with great bars and restaurants:  Food for Friends offers excellent vegan dishes and is a great spot for lunch, while the Walrus pub is a good place to grab a beer.

How to get to Brighton from London:  Get on one of the frequent direct trains from London Victoria or London Bridge. The journey time is about an hour. Since it takes about two hours to drive from London to Brighton, and parking is both hard to find and expensive, the train is generally a better option.

People on small flat-bottomed boats travel along a river lined by fields with large grand buildings

9. Tour the colleges and go punting in Cambridge

With its world-class university, clutch of ancient colleges and love for punting (river rowing), Cambridge shares many similarities with its Oxfordshire counterpart. But with more green space and less traffic, this city is a more tranquil affair. A walking tour of the university is a must: the university colleges are the highlight, with Corpus Christi, Clare College, King’s College and Christ’s College being the most popular.

Once you’ve had your fill of academia, a punting trip along the River Cam is a lovely way to see the city. On a summer’s day, a picnic on the Backs is highly enjoyable.

How to get to Cambridge from London: Trains from London Kings Cross run several times an hour, with a journey time of about 50 minutes. It takes about 90 minutes to drive to Cambridge from central London.

Costumed revelers gather for the summer solstice at Stonehenge, Wilshire, England, United Kingdom

10. Ponder the mystery of Stonehenge

Travel time: 2 hours

Stonehenge  is like an amazing magic trick – it boggles the mind, but you don’t really want to know how it happened. Which is convenient, because no one’s fully figured it out yet . Here’s what we do know: this massive, prehistoric stone circle is believed to have been constructed around 5000 years ago, making it older than the Pyramids of Giza. The largest stones weigh 25 tons and stand 9m (30ft) tall. 

Although you can’t touch the stones (to protect them), you can stroll around them on paths. The visitor center has an interactive presentation that allows you to experience among the stones as the seasons change. If you have your own ride, you could drive north to Avebury, home to another famous prehistoric circle – whose stones you can touch.

How to get to Stonehenge from London: Trains from London Waterloo to Salisbury depart twice an hour, taking just over an hour and a half. From Salisbury, hop on the Stonehenge Tour Bus , which takes you directly to the visitor center in just over 30 minutes. Alternatively, the drive takes around two hours from central London (traffic depending), and parking is available at the site.

This article was first published May 20, 2019 and updated Mar 12, 2024.

Explore related stories

day trips uk winter

Public Transport

Dec 11, 2023 • 11 min read

Head out into Washington State, or even all the way to Canada, with these top day trips from Seattle.

lunchtime pub drink

Aug 2, 2022 • 7 min read

day trips uk winter

Sep 3, 2024 • 7 min read

day trips uk winter

Aug 16, 2024 • 9 min read

Cambridge's best independent shops

Aug 2, 2024 • 5 min read

The exterior showing Olympic rings of the Los Angeles Memorial Coliseum, which will host the opening ceremonies and track-and-field events for the 2028 Olympic Games.

Aug 1, 2024 • 5 min read

day trips uk winter

Jul 31, 2024 • 5 min read

day trips uk winter

Jul 18, 2024 • 2 min read

day trips uk winter

Jul 17, 2024 • 3 min read

London, UK - April, 2018. Breath-taking panoramic scenic view of London cityscape seen from a crowded Primrose Hill park on a sunny spring afternoon.

Jun 15, 2024 • 17 min read

🙌 Awesome, you're subscribed!

Thanks for subscribing! Look out for your first newsletter in your inbox soon!

Get us in your inbox

Sign up to our newsletter for the latest and greatest from your city and beyond

By entering your email address you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy and consent to receive emails from Time Out about news, events, offers and partner promotions.

Awesome, you're subscribed!

The best of London for free.

Sign up for our email to enjoy London without spending a thing (as well as some options when you’re feeling flush).

Déjà vu! We already have this email. Try another?

Love the mag?

Our newsletter hand-delivers the best bits to your inbox. Sign up to unlock our digital magazines and also receive the latest news, events, offers and partner promotions.

  • Things to Do
  • Food & Drink
  • Coca-Cola Foodmarks
  • Attractions
  • Feeling Spontaneous?
  • Los Angeles

Whitstable - day trips from London 2018

17 day trips from London to escape the city

Whether you’re after a seaside jaunt or a country retreat, here are the best trips from London we’re planning right now

As much as we love London here at Time Out, we’re also partial to the odd daydream about a leisurely getaway to somewhere that’s not quite so big and busy. Microdose on that holiday vibe by taking a day trip to one of the many laidback, joy-inducing destinations just a few hours away from London, which pack in plenty; from historic cities and cute villages to sandy beaches and rolling countryside.

If you’re wanting a quick getaway, here are 17 of the Time Out team’s favourite day trips from London, complete with our recommendations of cute pubs and ace restaurants – all close enough to the city to get there and back in one sweet day. 

RECOMMENDED: ✨The best day trips from London 👪 The best  family day trips from London ☀️ The best  weekend trips from London 🏘️ The best  Airbnbs near London 🌳 The best  quirky Airbnbs in the UK

This article includes affiliate links. These links have no influence on our editorial content. For more information, click  here .

Been there, done that? Think again, my friend.

Dreamy day trips from London

1.  st leonards-on-sea.

St Leonards-on-Sea

There’s a reason so many Londoners moved to St Leonards-On-Sea during lockdown – it’s a cracking day out from the Big Smoke for beachside drinks and a tonne of great food spots. Head to food market Heist  (basically a much nicer version of Boxpark) for orange wine and street food, then sink pints at Goat Ledge , a vibey, colourful shack right on the beach. If you fancy splashing out a little, book dinner at the fabulously old-school  St Clement’s for white tablecloths and delicious seafood. Plus you've got easy access to the rest of Hastings for its Old Town, pier and the Norman castle ruins.

How far? 58 miles

How to get there: A one hour 18 minute train from London Charing Cross

https://media.timeout.com/images/106137966/image.jpg

2.  Dungeness

Dungeness

Dungeness’s shingly, shipwreck-dotted beach is so spookily empty that it’s been described as Britain’s only desert (though the Met Office refuses to technically recognise it as such, the party poopers). Its (disused) nuclear power station and looming pair of lighthouses make for a beautifully eerie landscape, combined with the motley mix of weathered shacks, beached fishing boats and sleek, modernist bungalows.

But despite all that emptiness, there’s a surprising amount to do here. You could catch the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch steam train down the coast, and hop off in Dungeness for a walk and a pint at the lonely Britannia Inn. Grab a freshly-caught lunch at the famous Snack Shack: specialities include lobster or crab rolls and smoked cod chowder. And check out the galleries and open houses showcasing the work of the (surprisingly) many artists who have moved down here, including the shingle garden of the experimental filmmaker Derek Jarman, whose yellow-windowed Prospect Cottage is a major landmark here. Book in advance for a 40-minute tour inside.

If you’ve got time, head over to RSPB Dungeness nature reserve for a chance to glimpse glossy ibises and marsh harriers – plus the huge concrete ‘sound mirrors’, pre-radar experiments from WW1 that were designed to listen out for planes. (Look out on the RSPB site for news of the rare open days when you can get up close.) Finish off your day with dinner at the Pilot Inn; I’m willing to back the quality of their famous fish and chips, which were the thing that brought Derek Jarman here in the first place.

How far? 86 miles

Get there O ne hour  by train from St Pancras International to Folkestone, with a one-hour 30-minute bus ride to Dungeness. Or take a bus or taxi from Folkestone to Hythe station to board the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch Railway. Alternatively, Dungeness is  around two hours from London by car.

https://media.timeout.com/images/106137875/image.jpg

3.  Stratford-upon-Avon

Stratford-upon-Avon

As a born-and-bred Midlander, I’ve spent many Saturdays traipsing around Stratford-upon-Avon’s lovely streets. With its half-timbered houses and canalside pubs, Stratford’s got just enough of the  small-town charm you’re craving on an escape from the Big Smoke, but unlike a small town, there’s actually loads to see and do.  

The Bard, of course, is the big draw here, and Shakespeare’s house, his wife Anne Hathaway’s cottage and the RSC’s famous theatre are all must-sees. If you think Stratford is just a Tudor Disneyland, a visit will make you think again. Take a boat tour of the canal basin to learn more about the West Midlands waterways, refresh yourselves in the Grade II-listed Old Thatch Tavern and stop for a scoop of Eton mess ice cream at Hooray’s British Gelato Kitchen. 

How far? 104 miles

Get there T wo hours 15 minutes  by train from Marylebone; around two hours by car. 

https://media.timeout.com/images/106137956/image.jpg

4.  Whitstable

Whitstable

The secret might be well and truly out about Whitstable , but this fab little seaside town is far from overhyped. Grab brunch at Farm & Harper , fish and chips at Ossie’s and a glorious pint of craft at the Twelve Taps , and treat yourself to a dozen oysters to go at Wheelers Oyster Bar on the high street. Once you’ve walked the length of the beach and admired the beach huts, settle in at the famous pub-on-the-beach Old Neptune for a pint and wait for sunset to fall. Plus, Whitstable is so near, you’ll be back home before you know it –  as long as you don’t get too caught up in all its loveliness and miss the last train.

How far? 50 miles

Get there One hour 15 minutes from St Pancras International, around two hours by car.

5.  Brighton

Brighton

With its pebble beach, wall-to-wall live music venues and buzzing LGBTQ+ scene, there’s nowhere better for topping up your Vitamin Sea levels than Brighton . Start your day by dodging seagulls on the Palace Pier, then shop up a storm in the Lanes, which are a haven of independent boutiques, record stores and vegan eateries. After, treat yourself to a couple of pints in the Brighton Beer Dispensary, which champions small Sussex breweries like the Hand Brew Co.

How far?  A little over 50 miles

Get there One hour by train from Victoria, Blackfriars or London Bridge; around two hours by car. 

https://media.timeout.com/images/106055825/image.jpg

6.  The New Forest

The New Forest

A trip to the New Forest is about as close as you can get to going on safari without buying a plane ticket. As you make your way down dappled lanes and across the heather-covered heath, you’ll catch sight of the region's famous ponies, which have grazed there for thousands of years, plus free-ranging Highland cattle and pigs hoovering up fallen acorns. Don’t fancy being stuck in the car all day? Hire a two-seater electric Twizzy buggy to explore in, or book a beginners’ hack at one of the stables. Don’t forget to make time for a proper ploughman’s lunch at the Royal Oak in Fritham.

How far? 90 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Waterloo to Brockenhurst; around two hours by car. Just remember that animals, not drivers, have right of way here.

7.  Rye

Rye

The antique shops and higgledy-piggledy cobbled lanes of Rye make it feel like a little slice of the Cotswolds on the coast. After you’ve satisfactorily browsed around the accurately named Tiny Book Store, treat yourself to a seafood lunch surrounded by lobster pots at Globe Inn Marsh, followed by Sussex real ale or a glass of local wine at The George. The Chapel Down vineyard is just up the road and well worth a visit if you want to know the ins and outs of wine-making – or simply enjoy a tipple with their signature wine tasting. Ten minutes away, you'll find the pillowy dunes of Camber Sands – the perfect place to roll your trousers up and take a splash through the shallows, take a kite for a spin or just park your towel, stretch out and relax.

How far? 79 miles.

Get there  One hour 10 minutes by train from St Pancras International (with a change at Ashford); around two hours by car. 

8.  Box Hill

Box Hill

Biking to green and pleasant Surrey is a wheely nice way to spend a Sunday (sorry) – plus, Box Hill was part of the 2012 Olympic road-cycling route. Start in Richmond Park and pedal down past Hampton Court – it should take you about two hours. After a 1.6 mile climb and some hairpin bends (easier than it sounds!), you’ll be rewarded with stunning views of the North Downs from the top of Box Hill. Grab a slice of cake from the National Trust café, and save space for lunch at The Tree, which serves homemade pies and crumbles. Your last stop is Box Hill and Westhumble station, where you can load your bikes on to a train back to Waterloo. Whew!

How far? 30 miles

Get there  Two hours by bike (obviously). Plan the route carefully before you set out, and take a map and a puncture repair kit, plus water and snacks.

9.  Bath

Bath

A glorious water-themed day awaits you in the city of Bath . Start as you mean to go on with a tour of the Romans baths (sadly, no paddling allowed in our modern day) before making a splash in the Thermae Bath Spa – the rooftop pool has stunning views of the city. Once you’ve dried off, make like Jane Austen and stroll along the Royal Crescent. Peckish? Sally Lunn’s teahouse is home to the Sally Lunn Bun, a kind of sweet brioche bap – for a Bath spin on the cream tea, order one toasted and spread with strawberry jam and clotted cream.

How far? 115 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Paddington; two hours 30 minutes by car. 

10.  Mersea Island

Mersea Island

Attached to the mainland by a causeway that floods (and pub quizzers, take note: this is the UK’s most easterly inhabited island), Mersea feels properly remote at high tide. The big draw is The Company Shed, which serves seafood platters that pull in crowds from all over the country every weekend. It’s BYOB – bring your own bread – and they don’t take bookings, so get there before noon to beat the crowds and make sure you can feast on prawns, smoked fish, oysters and dressed crab. Speaking of which, catch-and-release crabbing is encouraged – there are specially marked areas near the water and shops selling the kit. Or you can book a boat trip around the bay.

How far? 69 miles

Get there  One hour by train from Liverpool Street to Colchester, then a 45-minute bus to Mersea Island; around two hours by car. D on’t forget to check the tide timetable before you set off...

[image] [title]

Discover Time Out original video

  • Press office
  • Investor relations
  • Work for Time Out
  • Editorial guidelines
  • Privacy notice
  • Do not sell my information
  • Cookie policy
  • Accessibility statement
  • Terms of use
  • Modern slavery statement
  • Manage cookies
  • Claim your listing
  • Time Out Offers FAQ
  • Advertising
  • Time Out Market

Time Out products

  • Time Out Offers
  • Time Out Worldwide

Full Suitcase Travel Blog

17 Absolute Best Day Trips from London (+ How to Visit, Top Tours & Map)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: January 10, 2024

17 Absolute Best Day Trips from London (+ How to Visit, Top Tours & Map)

London is an amazing city with so much to offer that you could spend weeks and still not see it all. But in addition to all the top sights and attractions in the city itself , there are also so many beautiful places near London, many of which can easily be visited as a day trip from London.

However, with such an array of possibilities, how do you choose the very best day trips from London that are worth your time the most?

In this article, we feature the absolute best places that you can visit as a one-day trip from London, England . This guide includes all the ‘musts’, the very best day trip destinations near London for first-time visitors, but also for local travelers who want to (re)discover some of the most popular sights near London.

In addition, for each place, we include recommendations on how to visit on your own and also the best day tours from London . Because even though you can visit many of these places by train, often, you will be able to see so much more if you go on an organized tour.

Many tours combine several major landmarks in one day, allowing you to make the most of your time and see a lot in a short time. Furthermore, going with a local guide is a great opportunity to explore deeper, scratch beneath the surface, and discover things you didn’t even know existed…

Good to know: At the bottom of this article, you can find a map indicating all the places that you can easily visit as a day trip from London mentioned in this guide. It will give you a better idea of where everything is.

Best London day trips and most popular day tours from London

TIP: If you don’t have the time to read the entire article and are looking for the best day trips from London, here are the 4 most popular day tours among our readers:

  • Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath (also in combination with Roman Baths that you can add when booking).
  • Cotswolds .
  • Harry Potter Studio (also in combination with Oxford).
  • Seven Sisters & South Downs .

Interesting to know: Overall, the most-visited day trip destinations from London are Windsor Castle and Harry Potter Studios.

These are the best & most popular day trips from London:

1. Windsor Castle

If you visit just one place outside of London city, make it Windsor Castle ! Located just 20 miles (32 km) from the city center, a day trip to Windsor is a must on any London bucket list!

The spectacular Windsor Castle is one of the queen’s official residences and has been home to the royal family for 900 years! Kings and queens have been buried here, including the infamous Henry VIII and Jayne Seymour, his third wife. Most recently, Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, is also buried at St George’s Chapel at Windsor Castle.

An excellent example of church architecture in medieval times, Windsor Castle is still used for royal receptions and state occasions. In recent years it has been the venue of the weddings of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle, and Princess Eugenie and Jack Brooksbank.

Open all year round, Windsor Castle is a great way to explore royal history, from touring the Castle Precincts to viewing the lavish staterooms and apartments. The Castle Grounds are both beautiful and peaceful and from there you can observe the iconic Changing of the Guard, which normally happens at 11 am on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays, from April until the end of July.

Good to know. At the moment, Windsor Castle is open daily except for Tuesdays and Wednesdays. Because it’s a working royal palace, sometimes parts of the castle or even the entire castle can get closed on short notice. Below, you can find all the practical information for your visit. Read on!

Windsor Castle is one of the best places to visit as a day trip from London

How to visit. You can easily get to Windsor by train from London. There’s a direct train from London Waterloo Station and it takes about 1 hour. From Windsor & Eton Riverside station, it’s just a short walk to the castle. Be sure to book your Windsor Castle tickets online in advance ! This is the best option for those who prefer to take their time and explore the castle at their own pace.

If you come here for a day, be sure to check out Windsor and Eton towns as well! The best way to do this is by taking a hop-on hop-off bus in Windsor . Another nice thing to do is take a boat tour and enjoy different views of the castle from the river.

Good to know: Entry to Windsor Palace is also included with the London Pass , which offers good value if you spend more time in London and plan on visiting many popular tourist attractions and museums.

Best tours from London. Windsor Castle is the most popular day trip destination near London, so there are many tours that can bring you here as well. Most tours that visit the castle also include one or several other nice places nearby – perfect for those who are short on time and want to make the most of their day.

Here are the most popular day tours from London that visit Windsor Castle:

  • Windsor Castle only – this is a convenient bus transfer from/ to London that also includes the tickets to the castle. This tour takes about 4 hours in total – the fastest way to visit Windsor Castle from London.
  • Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Oxford – the most popular full-day tour from London.
  • Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath – with an option to visit Roman Baths.

Inside the Royal Windsor Castle - London Day Trips UK

2. Stonehenge

Stonehenge is one of the world’s most famous prehistoric monuments and another extremely popular destination for London day trips. Built almost 5000 years ago by farmers in the Neolithic period, this is a spiritual and architectural wonder that many people consider an absolute must-see in the UK!

Historians still debate its original purpose, although most agree that it was probably built for spiritual reasons. Meanwhile, engineers marvel at the extraordinary skill and size of the construction project, which must have involved hundreds of workers given the very simple tools they had available at the time.

Whilst the main attraction at this UNESCO World Heritage Site is the mystical Stone Circle itself, you can also view the 5 on-site Neolithic houses. Their design was based on the remains of houses from this period that were discovered during a nearby excavation in 2006.

You can step through the doors of these houses to see just how the builders of Stonehenge might have lived thousands of years ago, with each house equipped with replica axes, pottery, and artifacts.

Stonehenge is one of the most popular places to visit near London

How to visit . Stonehenge is located about 90 miles (145 km) from London. There are no direct trains to Stonehenge, but you can take a train to Salisbury train station and then take The Stonehenge Tour Bus service from there. The easiest way to get here from London is either by car or by tour. If you drive, prepare for very busy traffic and count at least 2 hours one way. If you go without a tour, be sure to book your admission tickets online in advance !

Best tours from London. Since Stonehenge is quite a drive from the city, but it doesn’t require that much time to visit, it’s usually included as one of the sights of some of the most popular day tours from London.

Here are the most popular tours that visit Stonehenge from London:

  • Stonehenge only – a very popular half-day tour (morning or afternoon) that includes transportation and entrance tickets. It takes about 6 hours and is the fastest way to visit Stonehenge from London.
  • Stonehenge & Bath – the most relaxing full-day tour.
  • Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath – a very complete tour that also includes an entry to the Roman Baths.

Stonehenge - London day trips

Bath is one of the most beautiful cities in the UK and the most popular town that you can easily visit as a day trip from London. This picturesque historic city is filled with stunning examples of honey-colored Georgian architecture and some of the most photographed buildings in the world.

Perhaps the most famous feature of this UNESCO World Heritage City is the ancient Roman Baths built around thermal springs and supplying water for over 2,000 years. Whilst the Baths are open for you to view, no bathing has been allowed there since 1978. Instead, the much more modern Thermae Bath Spa was opened in 2006, containing the only natural hot spring in England in which you are allowed to bathe.

In the city stands the magnificent Bath Abbey , with its unique ‘ladder of angels’ on the west front. This feature was inspired by Bath’s Bishop at that time, who saw angels ascending and descending in a dream. You will also see the iconic ‘Royal Crescent’ – 30 Grade I listed terraced houses built in the late 18th century, arranged in a crescent around a verdant lawn overlooking Royal Victoria Park.

Another architectural gem is the Circus , also built in the latter half of the 18th century. This historic street of large townhouses forms a circle, which is how it got its name (Circus is Latin for a ring, circle, or oval).

And perhaps most beautiful of all is the romantic Pulteney Bridge , with its small, leaded domes, pilasters, and pediments. The bridge was named after the wife of William Johnstone Pulteney, an important figure in Bath at that time and owner of much of the surrounding land. A popular thing to do in Bath is to take a short boat trip on River Avon – it allows you to easily see some of the main sights of Bath in a short time.

Roman Baths in Bath UK

How to visit. Bath is about 120 miles (195 km), about 2.5 hours drive from London. If you drive, be sure to stop at Stonehenge along the way! The fastest way to get to Bath from London is by train – it takes less than 1.5 hours. And there are also many tours that visit Bath from London, usually in combination with other beautiful places nearby.

TIP. If you visit Bath on your own, you may want to take a walking tour of the city. It’s the best way to see a lot in a short time – you’ll be sure not to miss any important places, but it also gives you a better insight into the history and architecture of this unique town.

Best tours from London. Since Bath is so close to Stonehenge, most tours from London visit both of these places together. In addition, some tours also include one or several other places nearby.

Here are the most popular day tours from London to Bath:

  • Stonehenge & Bath .
  • Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath .
  • Stonehenge and Bath Tour with Secret Site – a very highly rated small group tour.

Pulteney Bridge over River Avon in Bath UK

One of the UK’s most famous university towns, Oxford is also a place that you can easily visit as a day trip from London.

Oxford University was established in the 12th century and is one of the oldest universities in the world. The university is composed of 38 separate college buildings, whose architecture inspired the poet Matthew Arnold to name it the ‘City of Dreaming Spires’ (see the picture of the All Souls College below, and you’ll understand where the name comes from).

Some scenes in the Harry Potter movies were filmed in Oxford, so it can be fun to try and spot them as you tour the city. Harry Potter fans can also opt for this popular walking tour of the filming locations .

In the heart of the city center is Christ Church College , home to the magnificent Hall and Christ Church Cathedral with its landmark spire and Tom Tower. The gardens of the 12th-century Cathedral inspired Lewis Carroll to write ‘Alice in Wonderland’. You can hunt for features of the story, such as the Alice in Wonderland motives in one of the large windows in the Great Dining Hall.

The Cathedral also contains the shrine and tomb of Saint Frideswide, the patron saint of Oxford. Christ Church College – one of Oxford University’s largest colleges – has lots more for visitors to see, from the famous Bodley Tower to the stunning Meadow Building.

There are two main museums that are well worth seeing during a visit to Oxford. Founded in 1683, the Ashmolean Museum is Oxford University’s museum of art and archaeology. Free to enter, it’s a great place to learn all about human culture and societies across the world and throughout time, with its collections including everything from Egyptian mummies to contemporary works of art.

The Oxford University Museum of Natural History , meanwhile, houses a captivating collection of natural specimens, covering everything from Earth’s beginnings to a look inside an active beehive!

Connecting two parts of Hertford College is the Hertford Bridge , popularly known as the ‘Bridge of Sighs’. Named after its resemblance to Venice’s Bridge of Sighs , this particular bridge is a skyway that allows students to travel from one building to another. Designed by Sir Thomas Jackson and completed in 1914, this photo-worthy bridge is best viewed from the steps of the University’s Bodleian Library (another must-see in Oxford).

All Souls College in Oxford

How to visit. Oxford is just 60 miles (95 km), 1.5 hours drive from London. There are also direct trains from London and the journey takes about 1 hour – this is the best way to visit Oxford on your own. There are also organized tours that visit Oxford from London – usually in combination with one or two other places nearby.

TIP: If you visit Oxford for a day, consider this walking tour . It takes just 1.5 hours and is a great way to learn more about the city and the university. River cruises are also very popular and are a fun way to explore Oxford!

Best tours from London. While you could easily fill an entire day in Oxford, most one-day tours from London only spend a few hours here and combine a visit here with several other places.

Here are the most popular tours that visit Oxford from London:

  • Harry Potter Studio Tour & Oxford – a bucket list day trip for all Harry Potter fans!
  • Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Oxford – see three of the most popular locations in one day.
  • Oxford, Stratford, and Cotswolds – this is a great tour for those who want to see the English countryside. It’s also a nice addition to the popular Windsor, Stonehenge, and Bath tours mentioned above. If you do two of these tours, you get to see most of the nicest day trip destinations near London in just two days.

Hertford Bridge in Oxford UK

5. Cotswolds

The scenic traditional towns and stone villages of the Cotswolds is one of the most popular London day trips for those who want to experience the true English countryside. This area is so picturesque! Below, you can find an overview of the most beautiful places not to miss.

Minster Lovell village is the home of Minster Lovell Hall and Dovecote, which sits on the banks of the River Windrush. This 15th-century Oxfordshire manor house was built by William, Baron of Lovell and Holand – one of England’s richest men at the time. The house was eventually abandoned and now only the substantial ruins remain, giving lots of wonderful photographic opportunities against their beautiful rural backdrop.

A Cotswold village of outstanding beauty is Bibury , with its gorgeous stone buildings that run along the banks of the River Coln. Here you can see the iconic Arlington Row – a series of buildings that were originally built as a monastic wool store but were later converted into cottages. Now owned by the National Trust, Arlington Row is considered to be so quintessentially English that its image appears on the inside cover of UK passports.

Another village well worth visiting is Buford , with its 3 arched medieval bridges across the River Windrush. Famous for its High Street which runs down toward the river, Buford is popular for antique shopping and boasts lots of good restaurants, pubs, and tea rooms. It’s also home to a hotel in which King Charles dined with his mistress, Nell Gwynne.

Whilst there are many contenders for the title, most people will agree that Bourton-on-the-Water is the prettiest village in England. Also known as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’, this ‘must-see’ village is named for the many beautiful bridges that cross its river at the center. Located in a small valley, Bourton-on-the-Water has many charming tea rooms and restaurants, plus a range of eclectic shops including pottery and the Cotswold Perfumery. Don’t miss the popular model village, which is a 1/9th scale replica of the entire center of the village.

If you are lucky enough to be visiting on the afternoon of the August Bank Holiday Monday, you’ll witness one of the village’s more curious traditions, in which a local team plays a full game of football right in the River Windrush. This bizarre game of soccer has been filmed and reported all over the world!

If you have more time in this area, here are some more really nice villages to see in the Cotswolds: Castle Combe, Stow-on-the-Wold, Cirencester, Chipping Campden, Blockley, and Stanton .

Arlington Row in Bibury Cotswolds UK

How to visit. The Cotswolds are about 30 minutes drive west of Oxford and about 2 hours drive from London. Since the main attractions of the Cotswolds are its various villages, the best way to visit here is either by car or with a tour.

Best tours from London. The beautiful Cotswolds region is just a short drive from Oxford, so many tours combine the two places. There are also popular Downton Abbey filming location tours that combine a visit here to that of the Highclere Castle, but because of time restraints, you usually only see one village on these tours.

Here is an overview of the most popular Cotswolds tours from London:

  • Cotswolds only – this is the best tour for those who want to explore the Cotswolds deeper as it visits several of the nicest villages and allows you more time to experience this beautiful area.
  • Oxford, Stratford, and Cotswolds – the most popular day tour.
  • Oxford and Cotswolds Villages – the best small-group tour.
  • Stonehenge, Stratford-Upon-Avon, Bath, and Cotswolds – this tour is packed, but well organized and you get to see some of the best places in a very short time.

Castle Combe village in Cotswolds UK - London day trips

6. Stratford-upon-Avon

Stratford-upon-Avon is a small medieval market town and also a very popular place to see near London. The birthplace of William Shakespeare is probably at the top of most people’s must-see lists and the main reason to visit here.

The timber-framed house on Henley Street is where Shakespeare not only spent part of his childhood but also the first 5 years of his marriage after his father’s death in 1601. Live presentations from guides dressed in period costumes and the carefully restored Tudor rooms bring history to life.

In the many Tudor-style buildings of Stratford, you’ll also find 3 theatres owned by The Royal Shakespeare Company. They perform plays by Shakespeare, his contemporaries, and other, later writers. The Royal Shakespeare Theatre is situated on the banks of the River Avon, panoramic views of which can be enjoyed from the theatre’s tower.

Also on the River Avon is the Swan Theatre , built on the side of the Royal Theatre and offering a more intimate atmosphere. The third theatre – the Other Place – is smaller and used as a center for performing arts.

For a taste of old-fashioned romance, pay a visit to Anne Hathaway’s Cottage a bit outside of town. This beautiful 500-year-old building was originally a farmhouse and was where William Shakespeare courted Anne, his future wife. Incredibly picturesque, the cottage still contains original features and furnishings and is surrounded by beautiful gardens.

Another must-see is the Hall’s Croft , the house of Shakespeare’s daughter, with stunning gardens. Inside, you can find original 16-17th-century furniture, paintings, and other items.

Hall's Croft in Stratford upon Avon

How to visit. Stratford-upon-Avon is about 100 miles (160 km), 2 hours drive from London. If you don’t have a car, the easiest way to visit here on a day trip from London is by joining a tour.

Best tours from London. Most tours visiting Stratford-upon-Avon from London combine it with other places nearby and only spend a few hours here. They usually include a guided walk in the town center and sometimes a visit to Shakespeare’s birthplace.

Here is a small selection of the best day tours from London:

  • Shakespeare’s Stratford & Cotswolds – this is one of the few tours that spend more time in Stratford and also visits Anne Hathaway’s Cottage. It also brings you to three villages in the Cotswolds.
  • Oxford, Stratford, & Cotswolds – this popular tour spends about 2 hours in Stratford and covers more ground in a day.

Stratford-upon-Avon UK

7. Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio Tour

Fans of Harry Potter – and even those who have yet to experience the wizardly wonder of the movies – will enjoy a visit to the fascinating Warner Bros. studio near London . It’s one of the most popular day tours from London (after Windsor Castle), and a must if visiting London with kids .

Here, you can see firsthand some of the amazing sets used in the film’s production, including the Great Hall of Hogwarts (which went on to be used in 6 more films) and the Forbidden Forest filled with 19 trees, each with a diameter of over 12 feet. You can even see The Hogwarts Express locomotive at the elusive Platform 9¾.

There are prop rooms where you can take a close-up look at look at the elaborate props used in the Harry Potter movies. There are almost 2,000 potion jars and memory vials, all with labels hand-designed by the Graphics Department. You can also see Weasleys’ Wizard Wheezes, which took 3 months to build and was intended to look as much as possible as a real 18th-century storefront.

If you have an interest in the making of movies, you will enjoy other parts of the studio as well. The Special and Visual Effects section reveals how some of the more incredible scenes were created, including how Harry and his friends were made invisible by the Invisibility Cloak and how they appeared to fly! Even more captivating is the Creature Effects section, where you can learn how the magical creatures in the Harry Potter films were created and brought to life.

A visit to the Making of Harry Potter Studio provides a magical and educational experience for adults and children alike. If you are looking for a fun relaxing day trip near London, this is a great option for the whole family!

Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio near London

How to visit. Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio is located in Leavesden, Watford, about 20 miles from London city center. But because of the busy traffic, it’s quite a long drive. There’s a train from London to Watford, from where you’ll have to take a bus to the studios – the journey will take you over 1 hour not counting the time to get to the station. There are also several companies offering bus transfers from London – see below.

Best tours from London. The easiest way to get to Harry Potter Studios is by booking a transfer or a tour from London. That way you don’t have to worry about the tickets either.

This highly-rated  Harry Potter at Warner Bros. Studio Tour  departs from Victoria Station, close to Westminster Catedral in the city center. There is also a popular  tour that departs from King’s Cross . The prices are usually the same and include a bus transfer and tickets. You’ll need about 7-8 hours in total for this day trip.

PRO TIP: One of the most popular tours from London is this popular tour that includes a visit to the studios and also visits Oxford . It’s a truly magical day trip as Oxford is one of the places where Harry Potter movies were filmed.

Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour London

8. Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court Palace , one of the Tudor Palaces, was the former royal residence of King Henry VIII. In addition to Windsor, this is another really nice place to visit near London, especially if you are a fan of royal history.

Hampton Court is a huge, impressive baroque-style palace located at the River Thames and surrounded by stunning gardens and parkland . If you visit in spring, you can see the magnificent tulip festival. But the gardens have something nice to offer in every season, and there are various events at the Palace throughout the year.

The interior of the castle gives you a chance to take a glimpse into the daily life of royals in the 16-17th centuries. You can visit the impressive State Rooms and private apartments of William III . Also, don’t miss the kitchens of Henry VIII , where over 200 people worked in the past, cooking and serving more than 800 meals per day.

Another highlight is the magnificent Great Hall that was originally a dining room, but afterwards became a sort of theatre that was used for entertainment, plays, and dances. Back in the day, William Shakespeare performed his plays here. The highlights here include a series of tapestries showing scenes from the Book of Genesis and the impressive timber roof with Anne Bollaine’s coat-of-arms.

This is also a very nice place to visit for families, with a maze in the garden, fantastic play areas for children, and plenty of places for a picnic. When the weather is nice, you could easily spend an entire day just exploring the gardens.

Hampton Court Palace near London

How to visit. Hampton Court Palace is located on the outskirts of London, about 15 miles southwest of the city center. You can easily visit Hampton Court Palace from London by train. There is a train from London Waterloo Station to Surbiton Station, and from there to Hampton Court. It takes about 40 minutes.

In addition, there are also several tours – see below.

Good to know: Hampton Court Palace entry is included with the London Pass .

Tours from London. Because Hampton Court is quite easy to get to and explore on your own, there aren’t many organized tours. The best ones are private tours like this one ; it combines a visit to Hampton Court Palace with that of Windsor Castle. That way, you get to see two of the most impressive royal palaces near London in one day.

There are also some nice bike tours or boat tours that explore the surroundings of Hampton, starting from different locations nearby.

Hampton Court Palace (inside) - London day trips

9. Brighton & Seven Sisters

If you are looking to escape the hustle and bustle of London and see some of the stunning nature of England, then definitely consider a day trip to the white cliffs of Seven Sisters and South Downs . At the same time, you can also visit one of the UK’s nicest coastal cities – Brighton .

Brighton is worth a trip in its own right, with all the little pleasures that a lively seaside resort has to offer. If you have some time to spare, check out the Royal Pavilion , an Asian-style palace that looks like it belongs in an Indian fairytale…

But for a sightseeing day trip from London, you can also opt for something slightly different and explore some of the beautiful nature outside of town as well.

The rolling hills of the South Downs offer so much to explore and enjoy, with spectacular views and popular spots with their own unique legends. One of the most famous is that of the Devil’s Dyke , a v-shaped dry valley whose creation was attributed to the work of the devil himself (although, as you will see, it’s far too beautiful for that!). The South Downs is also home to the Long Man of Wilmington – a 235 ft tall chalk figure on the side of a grassy hill and one of only two human hill figures in England.

Be sure to check out Beachy Head , which – at 535 feet – is the highest chalk cliff on the southern coast of England. From the top, you can see miles of coastline in either direction, plus the candy-striped lighthouse that sits just out to sea. Nearby is the Birling Gap – one of the longest stretches of undeveloped coastline on the south coast. Here you can see coastal erosion firsthand, with the cliffs eroding up to a meter a year at certain points.

Another highlight of any visit to the South Downs is the Seven Sisters – an undulating line of white chalk cliffs, each hill with its own name. They are best viewed from Seaford Head , where you can see evidence of an 8th hill beginning to form from the erosion of the sea.

TIP: Any visit to the Downs must include a visit to the popular Middle Farm , which offers such delicacies as local cheese, sparkling wines, and traditional Sussex cider.

White cliffs of Seven Sisters in southern England

How to visit. South Downs and the Seven Sisters are located near Brighton in south England. While you can easily get to Brighton by train from London, you’ll need a car for the other places. The best way to visit is with a tour – see below.

Best tours from London. There are just a few tours from London that visit this area. The best option is this highly-rated tour that includes a train ticket from London to Brighton and a small-group minibus tour of the sights along the coast. If you prefer to make your own way to Brighton, you can also book the same tour starting in Brighton .

TIP: If you rather book a private tour, there is one tour that offers a pick-up in your hotel in London and covers all these sights in and around Brighton.

Seven Sisters white cliffs in Sussex UK

10. Cambridge

Less than an hour by train from London, Cambridge is another beautiful town to visit for a day. Just as Oxford, it’s probably best known for its centuries-old University, and this beautiful town has lots of well-preserved historic buildings. But this medieval city is also a student town and has a very nice, relaxed atmosphere.

Don’t miss the King’s College Chapel , Queen’s College , Trinity College, and Wren Library . You can also climb to the top of the tower of Great St Mary’s Church for nice views over the city.

In addition to exploring the many colleges in the city (there are 31! of them), be sure to walk along the River Cam ! Also Cambridge has its own Bridge of Sighs . This covered bridge at St John’s College spans over the river and is a favorite photo spot for weddings as well as tourists visiting the town.

Other nice bridges worth seeing in Cambridge are the Mathematical Bridge , Clare College Bridge , King’s College Bridge , and there are many others.

A great way to explore the beautiful river, see the bridges, the town, and the surroundings is a punt tour . This traditional boat ride is a very typical thing to do in Cambridge – don’t miss it!

Bridge of Sighs Cambridge

How to visit. Cambridge is just over 60 miles (95 km) north of London, and the easiest way to visit is by taking a direct train from King’s Cross Station in London. It takes less than 50 minutes, so you can easily visit Cambridge on your own, without a tour.

Once in Cambridge, you can take a walking tour with a local or explore on your own. The earlier mentioned punt tours on the river are also not to be missed.

Best tours from London. If you rather visit Cambridge with a tour from London, there are several options as well. We recommend this 2-in-1 tour that visits Cambridge and Oxford . That way, you get to see two university towns in one day.

King's College in Cambridge - London day trips

11. Canterbury Cathedral & Leeds Castle

While Leeds Castle and Canterbury Cathedral are over 20 miles apart, these two landmarks don’t require that much time and so are usually visited on the same day. In fact, they are usually combined with a short visit to Dover too, but more about it further below.

After a visit to Leeds Castle , you will not be able to help but agree with Lord Conway, who described it as ‘the loveliest castle in the world’. With a romantic, fairy-tale appearance, this 12th-century gem was built in the center of a natural lake, surrounded by 500 acres of beautiful gardens and parkland.

Leeds Castle was once used as a palace by Henry VIII and the private property of six medieval queens. Its rooms have been beautifully restored and give you the opportunity to learn all about its long and fascinating history.

In addition to the Lady Baillie Garden, which gives stunning views across the lake, the grounds also hold one of Kent’s most popular mazes, with 2,400 yew trees. Once you reach the maze’s center, a fascinating underground grotto takes you back to the real world!

Leeds Castle is a popular day trip destination near London

One of the most famous and picturesque Christian buildings in England, Canterbury Cathedral was founded in 597, then extensively rebuilt from 1070 to 1077. It is the Cathedral of the leader of the Church of England, the Archbishop of Canterbury, and is still used for active worship.

The Cathedral contains the shrine of Archbishop Thomas Becket and you can stand on the spot upon which he was murdered, as told in Geoffrey Chaucer’s famous ‘Canterbury Tales’.

Also the medieval town center of Canterbury, with its cobbled streets and timber-framed houses, is a nice place to see if you have more time. It’s a popular day trip from London for locals. Also here, you can take traditional boat tours on the river.

How to visit. Unless you have a car, the easiest way to visit Leeds Castle and Canterbury Cathedral is by taking a tour. If you just visit one of these places, you could also get there by public transport. For Leeds Castle, you have to take a train to Ashford, followed by a bus trip to the castle. For Canterbury, there’s a direct train from London, and you can make a nice relaxing day trip by visiting this picturesque town.

Best tours from London. There are several tours from London that visit these places. You can find them here and they are all quite similar in terms of itinerary.

Canterbury Cathedral and Canterbury town aerial view

12. White Cliffs of Dover & Dover Castle

“There’ll be bluebirds over the white cliffs of Dover” went the words to the popular wartime song – and if you’re familiar with the song then it’s quite incredible to see the inspiring white cliffs for yourself. If you are looking for something different to see near London than historic towns and villages, Dover is a wonderful place to visit!

Composed of chalk, Dover’s cliffs are 350 ft high and stretch for 8 miles. They were on the front line of both world wars and were a critical part of England’s defenses at that time. Now, they provide wonderful views across the surrounding countryside and the English Channel. On clear days you can even look across and see France!

The unique chalky grassland habitat of the cliffs means that they are abundant in wildlife and you can see all sorts of flowers, butterflies, and birds as you walk, including the rarely spotted peregrine falcon.

You can either spend your visit simply enjoying the cliff-top views, or take a short trip to see Dover Castle too. Dover Castle is one of England’s biggest castles and was built in 1066 by William the Conqueror. Ironically, he built it to stop anyone from invading the country using the way in which he’d invaded it himself!

A visit to the Castle includes exploration of the tunnels that go deep into the cliffs, where you can learn all about the dramatic evacuation from Dunkirk and see the Underground Hospital that was used to treat injured soldiers in WWII.

White Cliffs of Dover UK

How to visit. Dover is about 80 miles southeast of London. You can take a direct train to Dover from London and visit the town and the castle, and take a walk along the shore from where you can admire the beautiful white cliffs. Alternatively, you can also visit here with some day tours from London – see below.

Best tours from London. There are several tours that visit Dover from London, usually in combination with a few other places and Dover is often not more than a short photo stop. Here are the most popular day tours:

  • Dover, Leeds Castle & Canterbury Cathedral – the most popular and best price/quality tour from London.
  • Dover, Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral & Greenwich – quite a full day, but you get to see a lot in a short time.

Dover Castle, UK

13. Blenheim Palace

Blenheim Palace is a very impressive country house in Woodstock, about 65 miles northwest of London. This is England’s only non-royal country house that actually holds the title of a palace.

The birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill currently the home of the 12th Duke of Marlborough, Blenheim Palace is a stunning example of 18th-century Baroque architecture. During your visit, you will see the magnificent staterooms, which are filled with priceless works of art and beautiful tapestries. A grade I listed building and World Heritage Site, Blenheim Palace also contains the finest collection of antiques to be found anywhere in Europe.

The gardens – set within over 754 hectares of land – are particularly wonderful to explore. Designed by the English landscape architect Capability Brown, there are several formal gardens to enjoy. Don’t miss the Rose Garden, the exquisite Water Terraces, the Secret Gardens, and the family-friendly Pleasure Gardens.

Historical monuments can be seen throughout, including the Column of Victory (built to commemorate the Duke of Marlborough’s military successes), the Grand Bridge which spans the two lakes and The Temple of Diana, where Sir Winston Churchill proposed to his future wife.

There are also a few recommended walks to take. Possibly the most beautiful is The Lake and Grand Cascade walk, which gives you breathtaking views of the countryside.

Blenheim Palace UK

Good to know: The Palace and the grounds are so big and have so much to offer that you can easily spend an entire day here. In fact, many people find that one day isn’t even enough and many locals get a yearly pass for the Palace. However, many tours only spend a few hours here and just cover the main highlights. So how to visit depends on what you want to see and do here.

How to visit. The easiest way to visit Blenheim Palace is by car or with a tour, but you can also get here by public transport. From London Paddington Station, take a train to Hanborough (a bit over 1 hour), and from there, take a bus to the palace (it takes 7-10 minutes). If you want to spend an entire day at the palace, this is the best way to visit on a day trip from London.

Best tours from London. There are several tours that shortly visit Blenheim Palace from London. The best tour that spends more time at Palace is this Blenheim Palace, Downton Abbey Village & the Cotswolds tour. This tour also includes a few short photo stops at other popular locations nearby.

Blenheim Palace Gardens

14. Downton Abbey Filming Locations

Downton Abbey filming locations close to Oxford and the Cotswolds make another popular day trip destination from London. There are two main places that you’ll want to see here – Bampton village and Highclere Castle .

Highclere Castle is a beautiful building and another fine example of luxurious life in the English countryside. It has been used for various film sets but became hugely popular since the filming of the TV series Downton Abbey . It’s now a very popular place to visit from Oxford or from London. The castle belongs to the Carnarvon family and is kept as it is, without turning it into a ‘theme park’ like some other castles in the area.

Another must-see for Downton Abbey fans is the beautiful village of Bampton . You’ll recognize many of the buildings here from the series, and it’s great fun to try to spot them during your visit!

Be sure to locate the home of Isobel Crawley, the church (actually named St. Mary’s), two fictional pubs – the Grantham Arms and the Dog and Duck – plus the Downton Cottage Hospital. The building used for the hospital is, in reality, the Bampton Community Archive, which houses a collection of old photos of the village and its people.

Bampton is a lovely village to visit in its own right. It is mentioned in the Domesday book of 1086 and was already a large settlement during the era of the Norman Conquest. On the other hand, it’s so small that you don’t need much time here.

Highclere Castle is a popular London day trip for Downtown Abbey fans

How to visit. Highclere Castle is located about 65 miles (105 km) west of London, whereas Bampton village is about 30-40 miles from here, very close to Oxford. The best way to visit these places is either by car or by taking a tour.

Best tours from London. There are several tours visiting Downton Abbey filming locations from London. Some of the tours also visit Oxford, some others pass several villages of Cotswolds as well. This tour has the most complete itinerary covering most of the Downton Abbey filming locations.

Bampton village in the UK (one of Downton Abbey filming locations)

The picturesque village of Lacock in rural Wiltshire near Bath is another place often visited on day tours from London. It’s a small village and you don’t need much time here, but it’s well worth a stop if touring the area.

The historic village of Lacock looks much as it did two centuries ago. Founded in the Saxon era, Lacock’s buildings originally made up part of a monastery complex (be sure to visit Lacock Abbey !). In the 19th century, it lost its main source of income from the wool industry, so very little development has taken place since then.

This means that this unspoiled little village gives an authentic look into days gone by. In fact, you can still see an old workhouse and medieval tithe barn in addition to the traditional stone cottages, with classic English pubs dotted throughout.

The village’s beauty makes it a popular choice as a TV and film location. Scenes from Pride and Prejudice were filmed here and Lacock Abbey was also used to film parts of Harry Potter.

Lacock was also used in Downtown Abbey, but because of its location, it’s usually a place you’d visit in combination with Bath and Stonehenge and not together with Highclere castle or Bampton. Unless you drive – in that case, you could make your own tour covering all three.

Lacock Abbey in the UK

How to visit. Because of its rural location, Lacock is best visited by car or with a tour.

Best tours from London. There are many tours that stop in Lacock, usually in combination with a visit to Bath, Stonehenge, sometimes also with Windsor Castle. This is the most popular tour that also brings you to Lacock (in addition to Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath).

Lacock Abbey cloisters

16. Warwick Castle

If you want to visit a real medieval castle near London, consider a day trip to Warwick Castle . With a history that goes back over 1000 years, a visit here takes you on a journey back in time, to a world of historic myths and battles for the English throne, but also lavish banquets, and royal splendor.

The castle was originally built as a wooden fort in 1068 and was rebuilt in stone in the 12th century. As you arrive, you enter over the footbridge and find an impressive medieval castle with ramparts and towers. You can climb the stairs of the castle walls and explore this impressive castle inside out.

A visit to Warwick Castle is very different than the others mentioned in this guide – it has something of a theme park feel if you like. There are various events, shows, attractions, archery and sword lessons, and lots of other fun experiences all year round.

This is one of those places where locals visit with their children during weekends and school holidays, but it’s also fun and entertaining for tourists. Even more so if you are traveling with a family.

Medieval knights jousting at Warwick Castle

How to visit. Warwick Castle is located about 100 miles (160km), 2 hours drive from London. If you want to spend more time at the castle, by far the easiest way to visit Warwick from London for a day is by train.

There are direct trains from London Marylebone Station to Warwick Railway Station, the journey takes about 1.5 hours. From the station, it’s about 20-30 minutes walk to the castle. Be sure to check the official website of the castle for more info and book your tickets in advance!

Best tours from London. Most tours from London that visit Warwick Castle do this in combination with Oxford and Stratford. Some also stop at one or two villages in the Cotswolds. Here you can find a selection of tours that include a visit to Warwick Castle .

Warwick Castle in the United Kingdom

17. Liverpool & The Beatles

While not exactly next door, we feel that Liverpool also deserves a mention as a place that you can visit on a day trip from London. If you are a fan of The Beatles , a visit here is a bucket-list experience and well worth the journey.

A visit to Liverpool gives a fascinating look into the lives and times of 4 local lads who formed what would become one of the most famous bands in the world. A good starting point from which to enjoy this vibrant Victorian city is the Royal Albert Dock, which is made up of refurbished dock warehouses and is now packed with restaurants, cafes, and many attractions.

The Beatles Story is an award-winning, permanent exhibition totally devoted to the Fab Four! Located on the Dock, it contains lots of authentic memorabilia and provides an immersive experience for visitors. Even children are catered for in the Exhibitions Discovery Zone. Be sure to reserve your tickets in advance !

Another interesting part of the visit for die-hard Beatles fans is the Magical Mystery Tour , which you take via a colorful tour bus that sets off from the Royal Albert Dock. In addition to the birthplaces, homes, schools, and original workplaces of the Beatles, you will also see the places that inspired some of their greatest hits, including Penny Lane and Strawberry Field.

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do in Liverpool

The Beatles Story Liverpool

How to visit. The best way to visit Liverpool as a day trip from London is by taking a train (going by car would be about 4 hours one way). The journey by train takes 2 – 2.5 hours and there are many trains throughout the day, but be sure to book in advance and start your day as early as possible!

Once in Liverpool, you can take the earlier-mentioned Magical Mystery bus tour. Definitely visit the Beatles Story exhibition as well!

TIP: If you find it overwhelming to arrange everything yourself, you can also book a day tour to Liverpool from London. Most of these ‘tours’ are actually individual trips where everything from train tickets to all activities is pre-arranged for you. See below.

Best tours from London. This Liverpool and The Beatles day tour is the most popular and probably the best option. It includes reserved train seats, an entry to the Beatles Story exhibition, and also a ticket to the 2-hour Magical Mystery Tour!

Good to know: The above-mentioned tour from London to Liverpool starts at Euston Station in London and is normally available every day except Sundays. You’ll have to meet their representative at the station at 6.30 AM, so prepare for this to be a long day!

LEARN MORE: How to Plan a Day Trip to Liverpool from London

Liverpool UK - London day trips

Map of the best places to visit as a day trip from London & practical info

To give you a better idea of where all these places are located, we created a map indicating all the best day trip destinations from London mentioned in this guide. You can click on the map below in order to see it on Google Maps.

Good to know: As already mentioned, many of the most popular day trip destinations from London can be visited with organized tours or by train .

We don’t recommend renting a car if you are staying in London – the traffic is so busy in and around the city that it would be a nightmare for someone who’s not used to it. Renting a car would only make sense if you are planning a longer road trip, outside of the cities.

For organized tours , we recommend booking via the GetYourGuide website . They have a great selection of tours at the most competitive rates and the best cancelation policy and customer service out there. We personally book all tickets and tours via this website when we travel anywhere in the world.

Map of best places to visit as day trip from London

So, this is our guide to some of the most popular day trips and tours from London. I hope that this helps you choose a few nice places to visit near London and make your trip even more memorable.

For more travel inspiration for London and the UK, please see our featured articles below. Check it out!

More travel tips and inspiration for London:

  • Must-see in London: Top London Attractions
  • Hidden Gems of London
  • Camden Market
  • What to See in Camden Town
  • Best Views in London
  • London Travel Tips
  • Where to Stay in London
  • 1 Day in London
  • 2-day London Itinerary
  • London with Kids
  • Family Afternoon Tea in London
  • Best Things to Do in Greenwich
  • Painted Hall
  • Queen’s House and Tulip Stairs

READ ALSO: Traditional British Food & Where to Try It in the UK

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

Best UK day trips near London, tours, and info on how to visit

More travel tips and inspiration for all over the UK:

  • Cities: Best Cities to Visit in the UK
  • Cornwall: Best Places to Visit in Cornwall & Where to Stay in Cornwall
  • Yorkshire: Yorkshire Day Trips
  • Liverpool: Best Things to Do in Liverpool & The Beatles in Liverpool
  • Manchester: Best Things to Do in Manchester & 1-day Manchester Itinerary
  • Scotland: Isle of Skye Itinerary & Scotland Whisky Tour
  • Edinburgh: Top Places to See in Edinburgh & One Day in Edinburgh & Tips for Visiting Edinburgh
  • Glasgow: One Day in Glasgow
  • Seaside: Best Things to Do in Blackpool & Blackpool Travel Tips & Places to See Near Blackpool
  • …for more destinations, check our UK travel guide .
  • Read also: How to Plan a Trip to Europe

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Lacinda Mena

Tuesday 2nd of May 2023

I am traveling with a group of six. We would like to depart London on September 4 and view Stonehedge, Windsor, and Bath on our way to Southampton. Do you know of any tours that would offer this service?

Hi Lacinda, no, I don't personally know any tours that offer this kind of service. I found this private tour that visits all the places that you mentioned from London. It's one of the cheapest and best-rated tours in its kind. However, I'm not sure if they wouldn't mind dropping you off somewhere else. You could probably book it and then contact them and ask what is possible. If it's not what you are looking for, you can cancel it. I see that the tour has free cancelation, so that's how I would do it. Otherwise, try to search the internet for private drivers and ask for a quote. Good luck!

Wednesday 26th of April 2023

Amazing blog! Was looking for something like this for my trip to London in a few days, and this has been really useful information; the detail with which you describe are amazing. Plus the alternatives to get there and the map, loved it all! Thanks for taking the time.

Thursday 27th of April 2023

Glad to help and thanks a lot for taking the time to leave this kind feedback, Alex! Have a great trip!

Wednesday 15th of February 2023

Awesome! Thanks for the info!

Saturday 4th of February 2023

This was great information. Thanks

Monday 6th of February 2023

Glad to help. Have a great time in the UK!

Thursday 15th of December 2022

Love this blog!!! I am planning a trip to London with my son in February! This is exactly the information we are looking for! Super helpful!!

Friday 16th of December 2022

Glad to help, Holley. Have a great time in London!

Join our Adventure: Get all my insider tips for motorhoming & road trips

Wandering Bird Motorhome travel vanlife & road trip logo

10 EPIC UK Winter Road Trips You NEED to Drive

Best UK winter road trip route ideas

Planning a winter road trip in the UK? Wondering whether you should head for the Northern Lights in Scotland, the snow-capped peaks in Wales, or use the time to visit popular locations like Cornwall or the Lake District? We’ve covered the best routes to help you choose your perfect UK winter road trip.

Don’t forget to grab your FREE road trip planner below to help keep you organised.

*We work hard to make this the best motorhome travel blog and road trip website possible, full of helpful content for you. The website is supported by our readers, so if you buy through links on this site we may earn a commission- at no extra cost to you. All opinions remain our own .

If you find this post useful, you can also treat us to a coffee – we promise to enjoy it while creating more useful content like this- we might even indulge in a biscuit (or two!)

JUMP AHEAD TO...

Why do a winter road trip in the UK?

Most people assume that you can’t go winter motorhoming or enjoy a road trip during a UK winter. But it’s actually one of the best times to explore the British Isles- quieter roads, incredible scenery and easy access to many of the beautiful National Parks we have on our doorstep.

Even better, many motorhome sites or camp grounds have reduced prices, as do many top attractions, so it really is a great time to explore.

All you need to do is make sure your vehicle is suitable for winter road trips, dress up warmly and then head out on your winter adventure!

The best UK winter road trip routes you can’t miss

We all have different priorities. That’s one of the things I love so much about road trips- the freedom to enjoy the things you like.

Even better, the UK has LOADS to enjoy during winter, including world-class Christmas markets, winter festivals, food festivals, snow sports and fantastic walking over moors and hills.

We’ve selected a variety of winter road trip ideas to help you choose the perfect option for you. Of course, you can pick and choose or combine ones to create your perfect winter getaway.

Make planning your next road trip EASY (& fun!)

When you’re planning a road trip, keeping track & organising all your ideas is often the hardest part. Fix that TODAY with our printable pdf road trip planner. Grab yours FREE now

day trips uk winter

This form subscribes you to our mailing list. We share tips, itineraries, stupid mistakes and guides like this for road trippers and motorhomers.

We never spam (yuck) and you can unsubscribe at any time.

Tips for driving in winter

If you’re planning a winter road trip, there’s not much difference from planning a UK road trip at any other time of the year, but you do need to make sure of a few things.

  • Make sure your vehicle has been checked/ serviced and is capable of dealing with colder weather
  • If you’re travelling in a van, make sure your motorhome heating is working.
  • Make sure your tyres are safe and suitable for the roads. Even if there’s no snow, you can expect to drive in heavy rain at some point on your trip
  • Check windscreen wipers and screenwash levels
  • Carry drink and snacks with you
  • If you’re not planning a motorhome trip , be sure to carry a thermos of hot drink or a stove and kettle, just in case you get stuck somewhere cold. Also, have a couple of blankets with you too.
  • Make sure your phones are charged and ideally use a proper sat-nav with traffic updates so you can see if a road becomes blocked or closed.

The best winter road trip to see the Northern Lights

day trips uk winter

One of the best-kept secrets in northern UK is that you can often see the Aurora Borealis (Northern Lights) from up there.

Sure, they’re not as consistent as some of the other best places in Europe to see the Northern Lights , but if they’re on your bucket list, it’s time to head north during winter.

Scotland Northern Lights Winter Road Trip

Total Distance: 516 miles

Recommended No. of Days: 4-5 days

Best time to visit: December, January, February

For the best chance of seeing the Northern Lights in Scotland, you’ll want to go as far north as possible. The further north you can get on your winter road trip, the better.

If you’re driving a motorhome or campervan, you may want to combine this with a NC500 motorhome tour which goes along the northern coast.

Stop at places like Sango Sands or Dunnet Bay near John O’Groats, but ideally you’ll want to get even further north. Orkney is easily accessible on a road trip, even if you just visit for a couple of days.

The best time to see the Northern Lights is between October and March. If you’re hoping to see them from Scotland or some of the northern Isles, November to February is your best bet. Just make sure to wrap up warmly- the best nights to see them are clear and cold!

If you’re in a motorhome or campervan, these are the North Coast 500 campsites open all year.

If you’d like to explore more , here’s the only NC500 itinerary and route planner you need.

If you’re up in Scotland, you can also visit the Cairngorms, home to Aviemore- the UK’s best ski and snowboarding resort

The best UK winter road trip ideas for Christmas Markets

Best Christmas Markets in the UK

We’re lucky that there is a decent Christmas Market in almost every big UK town or city.

Rather than visit your local one again, why not make a weekend of it and visit some further afield?

Nearly all have a campsite open all year nearby for motorhome holidays or campervan tours, or there are bed and breakfasts in every place for you to stay on your road trip.

Most UK Christmas Markets are open from last November, but some don’t open until mid-December, so be sure to check before you start your winter road trip.

Three UK road trip routes to see Christmas Markets

SOUTH CENTRAL

  • Start in Winchester (the Winchester Christmas Market is one of the best in England) and enjoy exploring the city.
  • Then head to Salisbury, where you’ll find another fantastic Christmas Market
  • From here, you can head to the Cotswolds, which are some of the most picturesque villages in the UK, or you can visit Bath, which is glorious at any time but especially good at Christmas.
  • Start at the Christmas Market in Birmingham , which is one of the biggest Christmas markets in the UK and the biggest authentic German market outside of Austria or Germany. Don’t forget your skates so you can ice skate on one of the rinks in the city.
  • From here, continue your England road trip and head to Stratford upon Avon, Warwick or Royal Leamington Spa for more traditional Christmas celebrations, or head to Lincoln, home of the oldest Christmas Market in the UK.
  • Edinburgh is one of the best cities to visit around Christmas time- the markets here are legendary .
  • Although this is a great place to stop on a Scotland road trip , you could also use it as the northern point of your winter road trip route, and head south to Newcastle or Durham.
  • After exploring these wonderful cities, head to Leeds, Manchester or Liverpool for more huge festivities.

Of course, you could easily spend a weekend road trip just in London, exploring the Winter Wonderland at Hyde Park and all the smaller Christmas Markets around the city.

Best Winter road trips for hiking and outdoors

The UK has some fabulous National Parks, which are open all year. During summer months, they can get very crowded, but during winter you can often have places all to yourself!

If you’re living in a van over winter , don’t forget that many National Parks have overnight parking restrictions, so be sure to follow those. Here’s how to find places to stay overnight.

Northern Ireland

Northern Ireland Winter Road Trip

Total Distance: 220 miles

Recommended No. of Days: 2-3 days

Best time to visit: November, December, January, February, March

The Causeway Coastal Route is one of the best winter road trips in Northern Ireland. Highlights include:

  • Giants Causeway
  • Carrick-a-rede rope bridge
  • Dunluce Castle
  • Dark Hedges

day trips uk winter

Winter road trip route idea

  • Start your Ireland road trip by visiting the famous Giants Causeway. It’s about a 90-minute drive from Belfast and try to get there as early as possible.
  • Visit nearby Carrick-a-Rede Rope Bridge. In summer the queues can be lengthy, but in winter you shouldn’t have to wait long.
  • Another unique stop is the clifftop ruins of Dunluce Castle which hang above the sea below.
  • Don’t miss the Dark Hedges. This road features in Game of Thrones and is one of the most beautiful roads in Ireland.  It was surprisingly badly signposted when we visited, so don’t miss it. If you’re motorhoming in Ireland you can’t drive down it- I’m not even sure you’ll make it in a campervan!

How long does it take to drive the Causeway coastal route?

You can comfortably drive the whole route in one weekend as it’s quite a short route- only 200 miles. You can actually do it in a day if you really push. Don’t miss the Titanic museum in Belfast- it’s incredible.

Want to visit southern Ireland? See ideas for the best winter road trips in Europe

Yorkshire Moors

Yorkshire is the perfect winter road trip destination. The moors look magical covered in snow but there are still plenty of places open all year.

Highlights of a Yorkshire road trip include :

  • Hardraw Force- England’s highest single-drop waterfall
  • The longest show cave in England- White scar
  • Ribblehead Viaduct
  • Hogsmeade station (or at least the station which played it in Harry Potter!)
  • Numerous castles and ruins

England road trip ideas and itinerary- england to Scotland road trip yorkshire

Yorkshire Road Trip Itinerary ideas

Start your road trip in the beautiful Yorkshire Dales. Visit the 11th century Skipton Castle or go underground to see the formations in White Scar Caves, the longest show cave in England.

Visit the waterfalls of Ingleton, Aysgarth Falls or Hardraw Force- England’s highest single-drop waterfall. These are even more impressive in winter with the increased rainfall.

Before leaving the Dales, visit the incredible monastic ruins and landscaped gardens of Fountains Abbey.

Next, head to the city of York. You can visit Viking, Roman, Georgian and Victorian sites all in one day! Don’t miss a stroll along the cobbled Shambles, which has often been voted the ‘Best Street in Britain.’

Lastly, head out onto the moors. Stop at Goathland train station (Hogsmeade station in the Harry Potter movies.)

Alternatively, stretch your legs with a hike at the Hole of Horcum, a huge ancient natural amphitheatre.

If you’re looking for a weekend UK road trip idea, head to one of the prettiest National Parks in the UK- Snowdonia in Wales.

Snowdonia in winter- epic winter road trip ideas

Snowdonia is actually part of two of the Wales Way driving routes – North and Cambrian and it’s easy to see why.

Pretty much everything in Snowdonia involves being outdoors, so make sure you bring appropriate clothing for the time of year. In winter, you’re likely to get rain, cold and very possibly snow.

There are plenty of great roads with spectacular scenery and the stars at night are unreal, especially on a crisp Winter night.

Planning a trip to Wales?

Grab your FREE guide to the Wales Way road trip routes, including:

  • suggested routes around Wales
  • best places to see on your trip
  • campsites to stay at along the way
  • and other tips for touring Wales

day trips uk winter

The best winter road trip routes for popular UK destinations

Winter is the perfect time to visit places which are usually crazy busy.

Places like Cornwall, Devon, the Lake District and the Cotswolds are much quieter and easier to explore on the road trip.

Here are our favourite road trip ideas:

Cornwall is one of our favourite places to road trip in England. I spent 2 years living there whilst I was in the Navy, and have been back many times since. There are plenty of things to do in Cornwall , but there are some important tips you need to know before you arrive!

Why is Cornwall one of the best England road trips?

If you want cute villages, incredible beaches and more history than you can shake a stick at, Cornwall is perfect. Although some places do close in winter, many of the main attractions remain open all year, and the lack of crowds makes it even better.

How long should you spend roadtripping Cornwall?

How long is a piece of string!! But, as you can see on our Cornish road trip itinerary , we recommend 7-10 days minimum to see all the best places.

Where are the best places to visit in Cornwall on a road trip?

Some of my absolute favourite places in Cornwall include:

  • Tintagel Castle and Merlin’s Cave – home of King Arthur!
  • Land’s End
  • Boscastle- the village of the witches!
  • Minack Theatre
  • St Michael’s Mount
  • Newquay for surfing and general coolness
  • St Nectan’s glen- one of the best and most beautiful waterfalls in Europe

For a full list of the best places to visit on a Cornwall road trip, visit our Cornwall Road Trip Itinerary & Guide

Even in Winter, Devon is a fantastic road trip destination. It’s still full of cute villages, beautiful hills and beaches and plenty of cafes!

Highlights and best places to visit in Devon

My parents live here, so I’ve spent a lot of time exploring the county. Some of my favourite include:

  • Dartmouth- one of the best towns in the county. Hire a boat and explore the river.
  • Paignton- the beach with the red sand
  • Exmouth with its beautiful painted houses
  • Saunton Sands
  • Fish and Chips from Squires in Braunton
  • Salcombe Harbour
  • Dulverton- head to the Copper Kettle tea room; you won’t regret it!

See the full list of my favourite Devon road trip ideas here.

Lake District

The Lake District National Park is a perfect UK winter road trip idea. It has some of the worlds best scenic drives and a trip along the Honister Pass and Kirkstone Pass are a must- although if it’s snowed heavily they may be closed.

The Castlerigg stone circle is also worth a stop, as are the pretty towns of Keswick and Cockermouth.

In the South Lakes, Grasmere (home of William Wordsworth) is worth visiting and if you love Beatrix Potter, you can visit her home in Hawkshead. There is also Beatrix Potter World in Bowness- on- Windermere. 

Some other highlights for winter road trips include:

  • The largest natural lake in the UK, Lake Windermere. Some boat tours run all year but wrap up warmly
  • The Punch Bowl Inn in Crosthwaite.
  • Aira Force Waterfall
  • The views at Derwentwater

Cotswolds – a magical UK winter road trip

Best UK winter road trip route ideas

The Cotswolds is the largest Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) in England and Wales and it looks SPECTACULAR in winter.

Highlights & Best places to visit in the Cotswolds and surrounding area

  • The beautiful stone villages of the Cotswolds (Bourton-on-the-Water is one of my personal favourites)
  • visit the historic city of Bath
  • marvel at the mysterious ancient stones of Stonehenge
  • stop at the magnificent Salisbury Cathedral.

Wiltshire & Cotswolds winter road trip itinerary

  • Ideally, spend 3-4 days exploring as many lovely little towns and villages of the Cotswolds as you wish to. Some of the prettiest villages include Bibury, Stow-on-the-Wold, Lower Slaughter, Bourton-on-the-Water and Castle Combe.
  • The historic city of Bath is only a 30-minute drive from the village of Castle Combe- well worth a visit. Don’t miss visiting the Roman baths and having a cream tea in the tea rooms there.
  • If you have time, head East to Stonehenge. If you’re in a motorhome or camper, you can camp overnight at Stonehenge (This is where we saw the most INCREDIBLE sunrise we’ve EVER seen. (Seriously, watch the video. It’s breathtaking)
  • From Stonehenge, it’s only a 20-minute drive into the medieval town of Salisbury, where you can explore Salisbury Cathedral which has the tallest spire in all of Britain!

If you’re planning a UK road trip, you might find these posts helpful:

  • How to plan a UK road trip
  • The BEST UK road trips
  • 17 incredible motorhome destinations in the UK
  • One week in England- awesome itinerary ideas

Kathryn Bird

Kat never planned to buy a motorhome. She also never planned to quit her job as an air traffic controller, go touring around Europe in said motorhome, start one of the UK’s largest motorhome travel websites… or get a cocker spaniel.

Find out how she went from stuck in the rat race to being a digital nomad and inspiring thousands of people to have their own epic adventures here.

If you’d like to connect with Kat, send her an email or follow her adventures on social media.

Sharing is caring!

Similar Posts

Motorhome Skiing & winterising your van-  10 ESSENTIAL tips you need to know

Motorhome Skiing & winterising your van- 10 ESSENTIAL tips you need to know

Winter Tyres France- Are you Breaking the Law?

Winter Tyres France- Are you Breaking the Law?

Campervanning in Wales- Essential tips & Best Motorhome sites

Campervanning in Wales- Essential tips & Best Motorhome sites

North Coast 500 motorhome Guide- Route, Highlights and Tips

North Coast 500 motorhome Guide- Route, Highlights and Tips

Cornwall Road Trip Itinerary (& MAP)

Cornwall Road Trip Itinerary (& MAP)

England Road Trip: 50 Unmissable ideas (for every UK itinerary)

England Road Trip: 50 Unmissable ideas (for every UK itinerary)

One comment.

I have been thinking of taking a road trip for a long time but wasn’t able to finalize it. This blog has made it easy for me. The Dales and The Lakes have impressed me a lot and I will start my journey from here.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

London x London

Posted on Published: 10th November 2022  - Last updated: 5th December 2022 Categories Things to do

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

28 Brilliant Day Trips from London

28 Brilliant Day Trips from London

Love This? Save and Share!

We all love London… but the UK is full of wonderful spots that are ripe for exploration. Planning your next adventure? Here are 28 cool day trips from London to get you started.

London is a great city – but there’s so much more to the UK to explore.

Hop on a train or into your car and you can go on an adventure around some of the UK’s historic sites and beautiful landscapes.

In need of some inspiration? Check out this guide to the best day trips from London by train and by car.

Sneak a peek at the day trip destinations in this video to see what they look like in action!

Day Trips from London by Train

Planning your day trip from London? We love using Omio for finding the best deals when it comes to train travel around the UK. They work with over 1000 major travel companies to bring you the best deals (including many major airlines if you’re looking to travel a little bit further). 

Better yet, download the Omio App and you can store all of your travel tickets in one place. This means that you can spend less time organising your tickets and more time planning an adventure. Yes, please!

Radcliffe Camera Oxford

Oxford, the city of the dreaming spires is an easy day out from London. It’s only an hour on the train and trains run frequently until the early hours.

We might be biased, but we really think that it’s one of the best places to visit in the UK – a gorgeous city that’s brimming with history and cool things to do.

While there’s a lot to see in the city, its small size means that a lot of the biggest Oxford attractions are within easy walking distance of each other.

From the iconic Radcliffe Camera to the world-famous Ashmolean Museum, you certainly have your work cut out when it comes to seeing Oxford in a day – but it is possible. Start with this 24 Hours in Oxford guide .

Train departs from: London Paddington and London Marylebone

Average journey duration: 1 hour

Hassle-free option: Book this Oxford day trip from London

Read more: The Best Things to do in Oxford Finding Oxford’s Harry Potter Filming Locations

Canterbury Cathedral

Canterbury has always been an important place to visit in the UK – it was the destination for many a pilgrimage in times past (hence its role in Chaucer’s famous Canterbury Tales). It still deserves to be at the top of your list of days out from London today.

What’s there to see? How about one of England’s great cathedrals, ye olde English pubs and quaint little streets that look like they’ve been plucked straight from medieval times? Add to that a selection of cool museums and some scenic walks and you’ve got an excellent day trip in the making.

Train departs from: London Victoria and St Pancras International

Average journey duration: 1 hour from St Pancras, 1.5 hours from Victoria

Hassle-free option: Book this day trip to Canterbury and the White Cliffs of Dover

Read more: One Day in Canterbury Itinerary

Cambridge

Cambridge is beautiful. This world-famous university town is another popular day trip outside London – and for good reason.

Visiting impressive colleges such as Trinity College and King’s College (whose chapel you simply must see) would be enough to fill your day alone. But you should also take time to visit some of Cambridge’s other landmarks – The Fitzwilliam Museum and Botanical Gardens among them.

If you’re visiting in the warmer months be sure to hire a punt and indulge in the traditional pastime of gliding down the River Cam. Bonus points to you if you don’t fall in or lose your pole along the way.

Train departs from: Kings Cross and Liverpool Street

Average journey duration: 50 minutes from Kings Cross, 1 hour 20 minutes from Liverpool Street

Hassle-free option: Book this London to Cambridge Day Trip

Brighton

We think that Brighton is South East England’s coolest beach destination. 

First thing’s first – the beach is pebble – so don’t get your hopes up with dreams of golden sands. It’s still perfectly good for plumping down on your towel and soaking a few rays of the rare British sun.

Away from the beach, Brighton’s history as the seaside escape for the UK’s rich and famous has left its mark.

Long rows of Regency houses, the long-standing Pier, not to mention the out-and-out fabulous Brighton Pavillion stand as testament to Brighton’s colourful past.

There’s a thriving dining and drinking scene – and a number of cool little independent shops clustered in The Lanes area. Just be sure not to have so much fun that you miss the last train home (this has totally happened to me).

Train departs from: St Pancras International (also stops at Farringdon, Blackfriars and London Bridge) and London Victoria

Hassle-free option: Book a bike tour of Brighton (doesn’t include transport to Brighton)

Read Next: 21 Brilliant Beaches Near London

Hampton Court

Hampton Court is one of the easiest day trips from London – easy transport connections and short travel time make it perfect for an impromptu trip.

Hampton is pretty much all about the palace – which was first built by the ill-fated Cardinal Wolsey before being pinched by Henry VIII.

All six of Henry’s wives lived here at some point or another, before it passed through a number of hands and was finally opened to the public during the Victorian times.

Wonderful as Hampton Court’s interiors are, we would recommend visiting during the summer months when the gardens are at their best (avoid the summer holidays if you can though, when it’s always busy). Don’t miss the maze, which is the oldest surviving hedge maze in the world.

Train departs from: London Waterloo

Average journey duration: 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: Buy your Hampton Court tickets in advance

Bath Abbey

A trip to the Georgian spa town of Bath is like stepping straight into the pages of a Jane Austen novel (not surprising, seeing as she set so many of them there).

Jaunt around town, checking out the city’s many historical sites. Start with the immersive experience of the Roman Baths (unfortunately you’re not actually allowed to bathe there any more) and the Pump Room.

You can even “take the water” at the Pump Room – sipping on the supposedly restorative waters in the fashion of the hoi polloi of old.

We should warn you that the water tastes absolutely gross though.

Just across the road, Bath Abbey is one of the UK’s most beautiful cathedrals – make sure that you take a look inside too, it’s just as spectacular.

Small but entertaining, The Fashion Museum walks you through the catwalk of British fashion through the centuries.

Don’t think that Bath’s spa heritage is dead and gone – it’s still home to more than its fair share of spas that are perfect for a spot of pampering.

The reasonably-priced Thermae Bath Spa is a popular option thanks to its rooftop pool and indulgent massages, while the high-end Gainsborough Bath Spa is the place to go when you really want to push the boat out.

Train departs from: London Paddington

Average journey time: 1hr 30 minutes

Hassle-free option: Book this Bath & Stonehenge Day Trip

Windsor Castle, Near London

The fact that it’s the home of the royal residence Windsor Castle means that Windsor’s many other charms often get overlooked.

Windsor is well-known as one of the best day trips from London. Even so, many visitors disembark from the train, make a beeline for Windsor Castle, have a nose around and then head straight back home. It’s a shame as Windsor is a rather charming riverside town that merits your attention.

Sure, you should start your visit with a look at the castle, which just so happens to be the oldest inhabited castle in the world. The State Rooms and beautiful grounds take some time to explore.

However, you shouldn’t make the mistake of dashing home the moment that you are finished. Stick around to visit the Royal Windsor Racecourse and its more famous counterpart Royal Ascot Racecourse next door.

Or why not walk around the expansive Windsor Great Park then test your skills on the water rowing or kayaking along the Thames?

Train departs from: London Waterloo and Paddington Station

Average journey time: 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: Half-Day Windsor Day Trip and Tour

Read More: 15 Must-Visit Castles Near London

The Lake District

Lake District

The Lake District is a long day trip from London but it’s just about doable and worth the effort if you’re short on time and can’t stay overnight.

With its gorgeous green pastures, towering fells and chocolate-box villages, it’s no surprise that the Lake District tops the list of Britain’s beautiful regions. The fastest train to the Lake District takes around 2.5 hours to Oxenholme, so is easiest to tackle on a day trip from London.

Luckily, the area surrounding Oxenholme is ripe for exploration.

There are frequent buses to Kendal, a pretty Lakeland town with lots of cute shops and tea rooms. You can also catch a local train (or taxi) to Windermere – the most famous of the Lakes – the walks around the lake are superb.

As we have already mentioned – The Lake District is not close to London, so you will need to start early and come back late to make it worth the effort.

Don’t even think about doing it by car either – you can just about do it by train but you’re really much better off staying overnight if you want to drive. Or you can go the full mile and head off on a road trip to a few British national parks .

Train departs from: Euston

Average journey time: 2 hrs 45mins

Hassle-free option: A 10 lake day tour

Read more: Walking in the Lake District

York

Despite being pretty far from London, York is actually not a difficult day trip.

Trains take just a smidge under two hours and run frequently enough that you can just turn up and go.

The walled city is best-known for the Gothic masterpiece that is York Minster but, with more attractions per square mile than any other UK city, there’s a lot to see here.

It’s tough to cover it all in one day – start with York Minster, the fascinating Yorkshire Museum and York Castle Museum (which comes complete with a restored street of Victorian shops) then add in a few other spots if time allows.

Chocolate-lovers will want to head to Chocolate Story – where you can learn about York’s important role in the history of British chocolate and, more importantly, gorge yourself on your own handmade chocolate bar.

Train departs from: King’s Cross

Average journey time: 1 hour 50 minutes

Hassle-free option: See the best sights on foot

Lewes (pronounced Lewis ) often sits in the shadow of nearby Brighton, but there’s a lot to charm in the county town of East Sussex on a one day trip from London.

The town itself is pretty, with a few spots like Lewes Castle, the remains of Lewes Priory and the timber-framed Anne of Cleves House to lure you in for an hour or two.

A surprising number of Lewes’ medieval buildings have survived the test of time – there’s history around every corner.

Personally, we think the spectacular walks in the area surrounding Lewes are also worth the trip. We recommend the six-mile walk to Glynde – there are a couple of steep hills but each step comes with views out over the South Downs.

You can extend the walk to Southease and back to Lewes if you’re feeling really energetic – then quench your thirst with a locally-brewed pint of Harvey’s when you’re finished.

Train departs from: London Victoria

Average journey time: 1 hour

Hassle-free option: This is a DIY trip – but it’s really easy

Read More: Fantastic Hikes Near London You Shouldn’t Miss

Colchester is Britain’s oldest recorded town. With a long history that dates back beyond the Roman times, it was a Roman city and traces of that heritage can still be found dotted all over Colchester today.

Walking in the footsteps of the Romans, visit the remains of the Roman wall, as well as the Roman Circus – the only verified Roman chariot-racing track still standing.

Move onto Colchester Castle, which while not Roman itself, displays a few Roman mosaics and many Roman artifacts in the large Norman keep.

The castle is actually the largest Norman keep in Europe – testament to the fact that you can pretty much spy architecture from every single period in British history in Colchester.

Away from the past Colchester also happens to be the home of some very good tea shops. It would be rude not to indulge in a cream tea before you hop on the train back home again.

Train departs from: Liverpool Street

Hassle-free option: Book onto one of the frequent tours run by Visit Colchester

Whitstable

There haven’t been nearly enough seaside towns in this guide to day trips around London – time to fix that. Where better to head to than Whitstable with its picturesque, cobbled streets and famous oyster eateries?

There’s not a tonne to do in Whitstable – you can visit Whitstable Castle, but really, most of the appeal is wandering around the gorgeous town, seafront and harbour.

Seafood-lovers will be in their element – there’s no better place to tuck into a pint of fresh prawns or guzzle down half-a-dozen oysters.

If you’re really keen, time your visit for the annual knees up that is the Whitstable Oyster Festival .

Not only can you eat all the oysters you can ever dream of (20 is our personal best), but there’s live music and markets selling local wares and wine.

Train departs from: St Pancras International, London Bridge and London Victoria

Average journey time: 1 hour 25 minutes

Hassle-free option: None – but it’s a really easy trip

Henley on Thames

More than just the annual regatta that sees it burst into life, Henley on Thames is one of England’s traditional market towns.

The best way to explore Henley on Thames is on a self-guided walking tour – be sure to stop by the River & Rowing Museum for a walk through the history of the famous sport.

It contains an immersive Wind in the Willows experience that’s just as fun for adults as it is for kids – you’re led through the eccentric world of Mr Toad, Badger, Ratty and Mole.

Henley also used to hold the dubious title of having more pubs per head than any other town in the south east. While those days are gone, the upshot is that there are still a number of cool little pubs for you to explore.

Train departs from: London Paddington, change at Twyford

Average journey time: 1 hour 10 minutes

Hassle-free option: Just hop on a train and go and explore

Margate’s renaissance has been a marvel to behold. Once the darling of the British seaside, it had a bit of a slump before transforming itself into one of the UK’s coolest seaside spots.

That transformation is complete – these days you’re more likely to hear Margate being compared with Copenhagen than with any shoddy seaside town.

There’s the Turner Contemporary of course, which turned heads when it opened in 2011 and is still doing so several years later.

Add to that an assortment of chic independent shops, contemporary restaurants and even a gorgeous tidal pool for a quick dip and you’ll start to understand why it charms the pants off of so many people.

Average journey time: 1 hour 45 minutes

Hassle-free option: Check out the Thanet Tourist Board’s Page for Inspiration

Manchester

Manchester is the small city that packs a big punch. With a strong culture and identity (think the Industrial Revolution and Oasis and you’re on the right track) a visit to Manchester is a breath of fresh air.

There’s too much to see in one day – Manchester Art Gallery, Imperial War Museum North, a guided tour of the BBC, the Museum of Science & History among them. If you’re a footie fan, a visit to Old Trafford is a must.

Seeing as you’re short on time, we recommend stopping off at a few museums, visiting Manchester Cathedral and fuelling up from one of the city’s cool eateries. Then, if you’re so inclined, stay for a taste of Manchester’s legendary nightlife before you head back home.

Average journey time: 2 hours 30 minutes

Hassle-free option:  Book a private tour with a local (transport to Manchester not included)

Bristol

Bristol is one of our favourite cities. The chilled-out, easygoing city (which just so happens to be the largest in the southwest) is a brilliant day trip from London.

Bristol is a city of contrast – on the one hand, there are plenty of big landmarks to see – the Clifton Suspension Bridge, the SS Great Britain being two. On the other hand, a lot of the city’s appeal is the cool and quirky culture it’s fostered over the years.

A hive of street art, indie cafes (where you can guarantee you’ll get a great flat white) and alternative music venues – Bristol is just so damned cool.

It’s perhaps no surprise that one of the city’s biggest claims to fame is that the street artist Banksy hails from there.

Hassle-free option: Book this Self Guided Tour

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Visit Lincoln (@visitlincoln)

Although it was previously a bit far for a day trip, LNER has launched new trains to Lincoln after the success of their Lincoln Experience event, which was part of a Visit Lincoln week celebrating the city. 

This is big news. It means that in just two hours you can escape London and make your way to the city steeped in Roman history.

The day trip alone is worth it for Lincoln castle and the picturesque grounds surrounding it, but you’ve also got plenty of shops, cafes, and pubs to make your way through in the city centre between museum hopping.  

Train departs from: London King’s Cross

Average journey time: 2 hours 19 minutes

Hassle-free option Book a guided walking tour of the city

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Stonehenge (@stonehenge)

As one of the strangest day trips from London, a visit to the mysterious Stonehenge is a must for everyone. This is a rock formation that has puzzled historians for centuries.

How did the stones get there? Nobody is quite sure, but experts reckon that they were carried for over 160 miles, so they must be pretty special. 

We highly recommend booking a guided tour of the site, so you get to hear about all the interesting theories surrounding the mystical Stonehenge – and you can ask any burning questions (trust me, you’ll have a few).

Bear in mind that post-lockdown you need to book your entry time slot for Stonehenge well in advance, and remember to bring your booking confirmation with you.

Train departs from: Waterloo

Average journey time: 2 hours 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: A morning tour of Stonehenge with London transfers

Harry Potter Studios

Hogwarts

From the mystical to the pure magical – if you haven’t visited the Harry Potter Studios yet, what are you waiting for? 

This is one of the best family days out near London and whether you’re a Potterhead or not, it’s so fun to go behind the scenes of arguably the most popular franchise to ever exist.

If the idea of heading to a city and wandering aimlessly doesn’t appeal to you, book yourself a ticket to the studios and experience Hogwarts for yourself.

If you want the full lowdown on the studio tour, including how to get there, tickets, and what to expect when you arrive, check out this article.

Train departs from: London Euston

Average journey time: 30 minutes

Hassle-free option: Entry tickets and London transfers all rolled into one

Cheltenham

This old spa town is one of the prettiest in Gloucestershire and can be reached in around 2 hours from London. Cheltenham boasts Regency buildings in abundance, including the Pittville pump room which was incredibly important in Cheltenham’s spa town history. 

Famed for hosting both the Cheltenham Horse Racing Festival and the Jazz Festival, this historic town is incredibly lively during the summer months. 

Don’t get us wrong, it’s equally beautiful in winter – but there’s just something so magical about hanging out in Montpellier Gardens in the sunshine.

Make sure to visit The Wilson Museum for fine art and catch a movie at the Everyman Theatre – the ornate Victorian ceiling is divine.

Average journey time: 2 hours

Hassle-free option: Take a self-guided tour

Cardiff

Explore two capitals in one day by taking a day trip to Cardiff. It’s surprisingly easy thanks to the high speed train from London Paddington, and Cardiff Castle is beautiful and well worth the journey alone.

Other things to do in Cardiff include taking a trip to the famous Wales Millenium Centre – an arts centre which hosts plenty of live performances and workshops – and exploring the harbour nearby, as well as trying a famous Welsh Cake. Fabulous Welshcakes (opposite the castle) is our top pick for the best.

Hassle-free option: Take a day trip tour from London

Guildford

Guildford is a picturesque medieval town with a castle at its heart. It’s a surprisingly quick day trip here from London and one we implore you to make – after all, it’s one of our favourite places to visit outside London.

Nestled in the Surrey countryside, it may be small but this town certainly packs a punch when it comes to things to do. Not to mention it’s filled with plenty of brilliant pubs for a well-deserved pint.

What to do? Our top picks include Guildford House, a 17th-century townhouse gallery with rotating exhibitions, hikes along dapdune walk, and a visit to the hilltop cathedral that boasts views of the town.

Hassle-free option: Take a walking tour

Day Trips from London by Car

Easy as it is to hop out of London on a train, some places are more suited to day trips from London by car.

The Cotswolds

Cotswolds

It’s a rare event indeed when the words picture-perfect and Cotswolds aren’t mentioned in the same breath.

The Cotswolds is the kind of England you find on the postcards – twee villages with thatched cottages in golden hues, rolling green hills, steaming piles of scones piled high with jam and clotted cream for your afternoon tea.

If it all sounds perfectly lovely, it is.

There’s a reason that the Cotswolds find themselves on many a travel itinerary. Bibury and Burford are two of the prettiest villages- be sure to visit them during your trip.

If you want to see as many villages as possible, I’d recommend starting in Burford and finishing in Winchcombe, meandering through Northleach, Lower and Upper Slaughter, Moreton-in-Marsh and Chipping Camden along the way.

It’s an easy drive, but it means you don’t get much time any one spot.

Alternatively, you can narrow it down to a couple of villages and add in a long walk and some afternoon tea for a much more relaxed trip.

Average driving time from central London: 2 hours

Hassle-free option: Book this full-day Cotswolds four-village tour

Read Next: Pretty Spots You Have to Visit in the Cotswolds

Stratford Upon Avon

Stratford Upon Avon

Stratford Upon Avon – the birthplace of Britain’s famous bard, Shakespeare and a twee little Tudor town set around the River Avon.

The Royal Shakespeare Company’s Theatre dominates the town – rightly so. There’s always something fantastic to see on one of its several stages.

Away from the theatre, Stratford Upon Avon’s Tudor architecture offers a glimpse into days of yore. You can visit Shakespeare’s birthplace, as well as the home that he retired to after the bright lights of London proved too much.

His final resting place, Holy Trinity Church is said to be the most visited parish church in the country.

But Stratford isn’t just Shakespeare – hop onto a boat and row along the Avon, go on a river walk out of town, hole up in an old pub for a pint or two and appreciate the sleepy appeal of this quaint little town.

Seven Sisters Country Park

Seven Sisters

There are few landscapes as striking as the sight of the chalk faces of the Seven Sisters rising up from the coast.

These gorgeous cliffs form the focal point of the larger Seven Sisters Country Park, part of the South Downs National Park.

Strap on your hiking boots and set off on a walk along the Sisters for a refreshing day out from London. Park at the Visitor Centre (where you can also pop in to learn about the history of the country park) and take the path to Seaford Head View Point for the classic view of the cliffs.

Alternatively, why not tackle the part of the South Downs Way that runs through the country park and over the sisters themselves.

Hassle-free option: Seven Sisters and South Downs day trip

The New Forest

New Forest

The New Forest might be less than 100 miles outside of London but it feels like a world away. It’s the largest stretch of unenclosed pasture land and forest in the country and is famous for the wild ponies that roam across its lands.

In terms of attractions, The New Forest has surprisingly varied arsenal of things to see. Beaulieu, a vintage car museum, stately home and medieval monastery rolled into one is one such destination and worth seeing if you’re not a complete petrolhead.

Still, a lot of the appeal is in getting outdoors and onto the many walking trails that crisscross the region. Be sure to wear some comfortable shoes.

Hassle-free option: Train to Lymington or Brockenhurst and hop onto the New Forest tour bus

Leeds Castle

Leeds Castle

London has plenty of castles nearby that make for great day trips, and, despite its name, Leeds Castle is actually in Kent.

This castle is no stranger to royalty with 6 medieval queens previously residing here, and Queen Elizabeth I was even imprisoned at the castle before her coronation. If you fancy stretching the day trip into an overnight experience and live the life of a royal yourself (who wouldn’t?) you can even book a place to sleep in the Maiden’s Tower.

Humbly labelling itself as the “loveliest castle in the world”, you’ve got over 900 years of history to uncover at Leeds Castle – if you can make it past the moat!

Tickets cost £28 for adults and £19.50 for kids, but you get a better deal if there’s a group of you, which is definitely worth looking into.

Average driving time from central London: 1 hour 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: Tour Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral and Dover with transfers from London

Highclere Castle

Highclere Castle

Yes, this is the Downton Abbey Castle. I can’t guarantee that you’ll run into any of the Crawley family while you’re there, but I can promise you a brilliant day trip from London at Highclere Castle .

Take a walk around the grounds and make sure to snap some all-important insta pics of the Jacobethan facade, before you enter the castle and soak in all the history.

Admission tickets cost £24 for adults and £14 for children but check out the website as they host plenty of special events throughout the year, including Downton Abbey Tours and quaint Afternoon Teas.

Average driving time from central London: 1 hour 30 minutes Hassle-free option: Combine Highclere Castle with Oxford

Cirencester

Cirencester

Looking for the best day trip from London? Technically Cirencester is in the Cotswolds, but we think it’s so nice that it’s worth us raving about it separately. It has, like many other English cities, a distinctive Roman history that you can explore in the Corinium Museum.

Cirencester is also great when it comes to shopping – it boasts plenty of independent boutiques and dreamy bookshops that you could spend an entire day exploring alone. 

Cirencester Park is the perfect place to spend an hour or two if the sun decides to make a much-welcomed appearance. You might just catch a game of Polo here, too.

Average driving time from central London: 2 hours 15 minutes

Hassle-free option: There isn’t one – though this is an easy DIY

So, there we are – 28 day trips outside London. We hope that you have found more than a few things to inspire your next jaunt out of the city.

PS: Looking for a longer trip? You’ll want to scope out our guide to Weekend Getaways from London .

Practical Tips for Planning Day Trips Out of London

  • It’s always worth checking your train times but you should be sure to do so if you are planning to do your day trip on a Sunday. Sunday train service is notoriously bad – with rail replacement buses, less frequent services or indirect connections often popping up to mess up your travel plans.
  • If you are travelling by train, try and book your tickets as far ahead as possible for the best prices. You should also consider whether it’s worth purchasing one of the many railcards available if there are a few of you travelling or you plan to do several excursions within a short period of time.

Best London Day Trips: Map

Discover More Day Trips From London Guides

  • 2 8 Fabulous Beaches Near London
  • National Parks Near London for a Weekend Break
  • Caves in and Around London That You Have to See

Love this? Save and share on Pinterest.

London Day Trips

24 Hours in Oxford – insidersoxford.com

Wednesday 5th of May 2021

[…] looking for a short break or escape in the United Kingdom within easy reach of London, Oxford is a perfect day trip. Even if you aren’t, you should go […]

Wednesday 27th of May 2020

Juliana - thank you for all of your posts. We have one weekend left in London coming up before returning to the US. We've been here 3 months and enjoyed exploring London by foot and the city cycles.

I'd love a recommendation on a day trip knowing we have to take the train and that we are still in lock down (somewhat).

In the last weeks we visited Cambridge, Hastings, Greenwich and Seven Sisters. Prior to lock down we have visited the Cotswalds and the Lake District and Oxford.

I look forward to your reply! Beth

Julianna Barnaby

Thursday 28th of May 2020

A total pleasure Beth - sounds like you've been exploring a lot! If you haven't been to Bath, I'd normally recommend a trip there - it's very pretty but obviously destinations like the Roman Baths and the Pump Rooms will be closed. I would say the city is pretty enough to more than justify a trip to spend some time walking around. That said, I think the official guidance is only to use transport for necessary journeys, so I'd check that before you book anything.

Sunday 3rd of February 2019

What a great assortment of day trips! I've bookmarked this post for when I'm visiting London later this year - so handy. Thanks very much!

Tuesday 5th of February 2019

Thanks Lesley - I hope you get to head on at least a couple of the day trips while you're in London. Have an awesome trip!

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

  • Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
  • Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
  • Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

Winter Tours in UK & Ireland

Warm the soul with a winter tour of britain & ireland.

Crisp, cooling air on your skin and the roaring fire crackling in the corner of the local pub. This is what you can experience when you partake in a winter tour of the UK and Ireland. Our small-group tours allow you to explore the captivating scenery this land is famous for, and if you come here during cooler seasons, you’ll enjoy exploring with fewer crowds and you’ll discover our lesser-known festive traditions.

Whether you opt for a Scottish tour of the mainland, a tour of England's historic cities or a tour of Ireland's coastal landscapes, experiencing our winter holidays from November until the end of March will leave you wanting to return for the other magical seasons.  

Explore our winter tours

Warm Your Soul with a Winter Private Tour

This is where you let your imagination run wild. That Scottish adventure you and your friends have always talked about? Now is the time to make it happen, and we're here to help. With our special winter offer, starting from only £35 per person per day, you can get the bespoke experience you're looking for.

Why take a tour in winter?

day trips uk winter

Yours to Explore with Less Crowds

Picture this, you roam the scenic landscape with new found friends and you soak up the mystical stories from your knowledgeable driver-guide . Capturing the moments shared on a wintery day away has never been easier. With reduced numbers of visitors, you can explore knowing there are less queues at attractions and fewer tourists to crop out of your photos. Taking a tour during the winter months is as rewarding as in a different season.

day trips uk winter

See a Different Side

We love flowers in spring. The burn of heather in autumn. The shine of the sun in summer. But the dust of snow on a wild landscape is a special kind of beauty. And it's waiting to be discovered. You might be surprised by how many tours we run throughout winter, so why not treat yourself to an adventure?

day trips uk winter

Support the Local Community

Our winter tours are vital for local communities in quieter seasons. And getting to know the locals is a chance to experience our famous warm welcome. Hear their stories, get expert insights into the best attractions to visit, and stay in comfortable travel accommodation . You'll be giving back to these families and supporting the local economies when they need it most.

day trips uk winter

Winter Traditions

We’re not going to lie. Britain receives less light in winter. But over the course of thousands of years, customs and traditions have evolved to brighten up the season in fantastic ways, from Hogmanay in Edinburgh to Guy Fawkes Night. Especially in our departure cities, our driver-guides will be on hand to point you to the best of the events.

Grey Globetrotters UK, Europe & Beyond Travel Blog

16 Best Day Trips from York, UK: Local Favourites & Hidden Gems

' src=

Grey Globetrotters Travel Blog contains affiliate links. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. See my  disclaimer  for more information.

LOOKING FOR THE BEST PLACES TO VISIT FROM YORK?

Ancient York is one of England’s hottest tourist destinations, with a heritage dating back to the Vikings and Roman times and abundant historical sites to enjoy, including York Minster, the National Railway Museum, the medieval city walls and the Jorvik Viking Centre.

After you’ve explored the city, taking day trips from York is the perfect way to explore more of Yorkshire, including the scenic Yorkshire Dales and the spectacular Yorkshire Coast , the ancient buildings, and the thrilling history of England’s biggest county.

The majestic beauty of Whitby Abbey from across the North York Moors

No time to read the whole post? No worries! This North York Moors and Whitby Tour combines the most beautiful Yorkshire countryside with a visit to spooky Whitby Abbey on the North Yorkshire coast.

This guide shares 16 of the best days out from York in nearby towns, cities, and picturesque villages to get a taste of what a great place Yorkshire is to explore. You’ll discover some of the most popular days out from York, some hidden gems, and some of the best day trips from York by train.

16 Best Day Trips From York

There is so much to see and do in Yorkshire that it can be hard to choose what’s best, especially if you have limited time.

After years of living in North Yorkshire and exploring Northern England, I’ve picked the best locations for days out from York.

The only problem is the number of amazing places to visit near York! You’ll want to come back again and again to explore more of Yorkshire’s quaint villages, coastal towns and beautiful scenery!

Let’s get started with the absolute best days out from York!

1. Castle Howard

Visiting Castle Howard is perfect on day trips from York

Home to the Howard family, Castle Howard is a grand 17th-century country house with extensive gardens, just half an hour from York city centre.

You might recognise this magnificent 145-room stately home as the filming location for the iconic 1981 British TV series Brideshead Revisited or the 2008 movie of the same Evelyn Waugh novel. You may also have spotted this grand historic building in the Netflix drama Bridgerton.

One of the top 10 buildings you must visit in your lifetime The Telegraph, 2018

A real treat for history lovers, Castle Howard is one of the most opulent buildings in Yorkshire and the most beautiful stately homes in England. it includes the 145-acre Yorkshire Arboretum, with its collection of more than six thousand rare trees.

The York Multi-Day Explorer Pass includes entry to Castle Howard’s house and gardens – it’s one of the most popular days out from York.

2. The North York Moors National Park

The majestic beauty of Whitby Abbey from across the North York Moors

For pure escapism, one of the best day trips from York is a visit to the magnificent North York Moors National Park . Millions of visitors flock to the north of England each year to enjoy the wide-open spaces of Yorkshire’s beautiful national parks.

Quaint little towns and villages abound in the North York Moors National Park, with traditional stone dwellings and ancient dry-stone walls that hug the heather-clad hills and valleys as far as the eye can see. Helmsley village, with the National Centre for Birds of Prey , is an exciting option for a day trip from York and the town of Malton is a foodie paradise.

Pro Tip: Walking is the best way to experience the Yorkshire countryside. Stop along the way to admire the views and enjoy hearty refreshments at the local pubs. Some of the most popular walks include the coastal Ravenscar Loop (1.5 miles), the famous Coast to Coast Walk (198 miles) from Cumbria to Robin Hood’s Bay, and the short, scenic walk from R obin Hood’s Bay to Boggle Hole (3 miles). 

Best-selling day trips from York to the North York Moors:

  • North York Moors and Whitby Tour
  • Moors, Whitby and The Yorkshire Steam Railway
  • Day Trip to Whitby and The North York Moors

3. North Yorkshire Moors Railway

Dating back to 1836, the North Yorkshire Moors Railway runs from the pretty coastal town of Whitby through much of the beautiful countryside of North Yorkshire.

The line closed in the mid-20th century amid sweeping changes to the railway network; however, it reopened in 1973 as a heritage rail line , running restored steam trains. Today, more passengers use the North Yorkshire Moors Railway than any other heritage railway in Britain. It’s one of the busiest steam engine train lines in the world .

Pro Tip: The train journey from the old station at Pickering to Whitby is the perfect day out from York for fans of steam trains and Harry Potter. The steam train ride even passes through  Hogsmeade Station !

Best Organised Tour: Moors, Whitby and the Yorkshire Steam Railway Tour from York

4. Harewood House

View of Harewood House on day trips from York

A short, scenic drive from York (around 75 minutes by public transport) will get you to the glorious Harewood House . Once the family home of the “ Yorkshire Princess “, every aspect of Harewood is stunning, and you can easily spend a whole day here. 

The house is a treasure trove of antiquities and art, but the real gem is ‘below stairs’ in the kitchens. If you’re a Downton Abbey fan, you’ll adore Harewood, one of the movie’s locations!  

The gardens are a real highlight, with so much to entice visitors. A short journey across the lake by chain-link ferry brings you to the vast kitchen gardens that burst with the freshest seasonal produce for the table.

Pro Tip: Watch out for the Instagramable bridge and the stepping stones in the Himalayan Garden and Harewood Castle – a real hidden gem.

5. Bolton Abbey

Bolton Abbey in Yorkshire

The Bolton Abbey estate comprises thirty thousand acres of lush green hills and 80 miles of well-marked footpaths in the heart of the glorious Yorkshire Dales. Bolton Abbey is one of the loveliest day trips from York.

Just a 60-minute drive from York, there’s something here for all visitors, including 60 stepping stones across the river , an aqueduct, the fabulous Valley of Desolation and Simon’s Seat, and the quirky Barden Tower . 

Most famous, though, is the 12th-century Priory Church and ruined Augustinian Priory in the heart of Bolton Abbey Estate. In 1539, King Henry VIII stripped the Priory of assets during the dissolution of the monasteries. Luckily, the abbey’s nave was saved as a place for local people to worship, which they still do today.

The village has the same old-world charm as the abbey, with award-winning restaurants, tea rooms and pubs offering substantial home-cooked dishes to recharge your batteries after a good walk. 

Recommended tour: Haworth and the Yorkshire Dales, including Bolton Abbey .

6. Bolton Castle

The ruined walls of Bolton Castle, North Yorkshire

Not to be confused with Bolton Abbey, Bolton Castle in Wensleydale is one of Britain’s best-preserved medieval castles and one of the best day trips from York for royal history lovers.

Mary Queen of Scots , the cousin of Queen Elizabeth the First, was the castle’s most famous resident. Elizabeth imprisoned her here for six months from July 1568 before being moved to Tutbury, where she remained a prisoner until she was executed 18 years later.

You can visit the apartments in the South-West Tower where Mary lived with her retinue of 30 servants. You’ll also find lovely gardens at Bolton Castle, including a maze, herb garden, wildflower meadow, rose garden, and vineyard; plus, regular falconry displays are enjoyable.

Recommended Tour: Bolton Castle is about a 75-minute drive from York; however, this comprehensive Yorkshire Dales Day Trip from York provides a more leisurely way to visit and a way to see more of the Yorkshire countryside in one day. Don’t think about going by public transport – the trip is ghastly!

7. Harrogate

Montpellier Quarter Harrogate

The elegant spa town of Harrogate exudes the class and style of a bygone era. Just 45 minutes from York on a direct train ride that takes you over the spectacular Knaresborough Viaduct , Harrogate is a top contender as one of the best day trips from York.

Regularly voted ‘ Best Place to Live in the UK ‘, Harrogate is a charming town with interesting shops, heaps of Regency history, and some of the best restaurants and coffee shops in North Yorkshire.

How to get to Harrogate

Parking in Harrogate is expensive! Take the train directly to the centre of Harrogate from York station. The journey time is approx. 40 minutes through the beautiful Yorkshire countryside, and Harrogate is easy to walk around.

Pro Tip: Don’t forget to visit the utterly fabulous Royal Baths , the Royal Horticultural Society Gardens at Harlow Carr , and the iconic Betty’s Tearoom for the most luxurious afternoon tea experience. 

Haworth Village Yorkshire

Tucked away deep in the Yorkshire Dales National Park , Haworth was once home to the Bronte sisters. Almost everything in this quaint little village has a ‘Bronte’ twist, but it’s utterly charming. 

Visit Haworth to see the Bronte Parsonage Museum and to learn more about the lives and writing of Charlotte, Emily, and Anne Bronte, famous for Wuthering Heights , Jane Eyre , and The Tenant of Wildfell Hall, respectively. Afterwards, linger to enjoy the village’s tearooms, incredible views, and independent shops.

Pro Tip : Parking in Haworth can be tricky. Head for Oxenhope instead (SatNav BD22 9LB) and ride on the steam heritage railway to Haworth instead. 

Recommended organised coach trip to Haworth from York: Haworth and Yorkshire Dales Day Trip from York

9. Knaresborough

Knaresborough Viaduct, Yorkshire

Best known for its soaring Victorian viaduct, which spans the scenic River Nidd, pretty Knaresborough is a lovely town to visit. It’s perfect for a stroll along the riverside, taking a rowing boat out (or stopping for afternoon tea).

Then climb up to the ruins of Knaresborough Castle or visit Old Mother Shipton’s Cave (reputed to be Britain’s oldest tourist attraction). Time your visit for mid-June, and you might get to see the Great Knaresborough Bed Race !

Pro Tip : The best view of the viaduct is from the paths around the castle, but come prepared, as it’s quite a steep climb up from the riverside. Sturdy shoes are essential!

How to get to Knaresborough

Knaresborough is easy to reach on day trips from York Central Station, as it’s on a direct train line, and the journey is only 30 minutes .

10. Kilburn White Horse

Kilburn is a small village near the town of Thirsk (famed as the home of the fictional vet, James Herriot).

Kilburn’s claim to fame is the huge 150-year-old white horse carved into the hillside near the village, inspired by the famous ancient white horses in the UK’s South Downs, including the Uffington White Horse .

Today, the figure measures 318 feet long by 220 feet high, covering about 1.6 acres of the hillside, making it England’s biggest and most northerly hill figure.

Pro Tip: While there’s a car park beneath the white horse, the best place to see the white horse is from Bagby Lane, just outside Thirsk. 

12 – Whitby

Whitby view

Perched high above the town on a windswept and desolate headland, you’ll find Whitby Abbey , the dramatically ruined 11th-century Benedictine monastery that inspired Bram Stoker’s Dracula .

Then there’s the ancient parish Church of St Mary to visit if you can climb the 199 steps to see it. Whitby is also famed as the 17th-century home of explorer Captain James Cook, with the Captain Cook Memorial Museum a great spot to visit.

Pro Tip: Whitby is THE place to have traditional British fish and chips (fries). Head for the Magpie Cafe at 1 Pier Road for fish straight from the fishing boats in the harbour, fried in the crispiest batter. It’s not posh, but it is delicious, and the view is to die for.

The seaside town of Whitby isn’t easy to reach by public transport from York and, as it is a tourist hotspot, parking can be challenging. Here are some of the best day trips from York to Whitby by coach:

  • Steam Train, Whitby and the North York Moors
  • Day Trip to Whitby and the North York Moors

Related Post: Must-Try Yorkshire Food (17 Best Things To Eat and Drink, Including Fish and Chips)

UNESCO World Heritage Sites

Yorkshire boasts two of the United Kingdom’s 32 UNESCO World Heritage Sites , both of which are within easy reach of York.  

13. Saltaire

Saltaire Victoria Hall is one of the best day trips from York

Just one hour by road or train from York, Saltaire is on the outskirts of Bradford in West Yorkshire.

Saltaire Village is named after the Victorian philanthropist Sir Titus Salt, who built a textile mill known as Salts Mill on the River Aire during the Industrial Revolution .

He also built all the houses, bathhouses, hospitals, almshouses, and churches that make up the ‘model’ village of Saltaire that now has protected UNESCO World Heritage status. 

When you arrive in Saltaire on your day trip from York, it’s like stepping back to the Victorian era, but it’s not all about history. Salts Mill houses an art gallery with works from local artists, including David Hockney . 

How to get to Saltaire

Take the train from York Station to Saltaire (via Leeds).

Alternatively, book a hire car. It’s easy to find parking, and visiting Saltaire is one of the loveliest Yorkshire Dales day tours from York. I use and recommend Rentalcars.com  as they search all car rental companies to get you the best deal.

14. Fountains Abbey and Studley Royal Water Gardens

St Mary's church Fountains Abbey

Founded in 1132, Fountains Abbey is England’s largest and best-preserved monastery. It’s also a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the best places to visit near York, UK.

The waters of the River Skell wind past the abbey ruins into Studley Royal Water Gardens, where moon-shaped ponds, mirrored lakes, formal hedges and laurel banks provide the perfect framing for the ancient abbey ruins.

As well as the ruined abbey and the water gardens, make time to see Fountains Hall , Fountains Mill , and St Mary’s Church in the medieval deer park. You can easily spend a full day exploring here and still yearn to return for more.

How to get there: The trip by public transport is grim (there’s no direct train, so it’s buses all the way, with connections to negotiate). Only a complete masochist would attempt it! The better option is to drive. If you need to rent a car, I highly recommend RentalCars.com for the best deals!

Best Cities for Day Trips from York

Leeds Town Hall

The great city of Leeds is warm, welcoming, and vibrant, with plenty of galleries, museums, and exhibitions in the city centre to tempt culture vultures, including the Royal Armouries Museum , the Thakray Medical Museum , and the Leeds City Museum .

If you love to shop, there’s a half-mile of pedestrianised shopping, plus  Harvey Nicholls  and  John   Lewis  stores within the  Victoria Gate  shopping and leisure area.

Top Tip: Whatever you do, don’t miss the covered Victorian shopping arcades – packed with designer boutiques and independent boutique shops in the beautiful old Corn Exchange!

For something more traditional, check out  Kirkgate Market , the largest covered market in Europe, with excellent pubs and restaurants nearby.  Fazenda  is spectacular (but only if you enjoy meat!).

Inside one of the glorious Victorian architecture shopping arcades in Leeds

Only 20 miles away from York, the friendly city of Leeds is a great choice for day trips from York. 

How to get to Leeds

Hop on a direct train from York, and you’ll be in Leeds in just 30 minutes.

What to do in Durham - visit the Cathedral or view it from the riverside

Captivating Durham is an hour and a half drive north of York and conveniently on the train line from York to Edinburgh. Condé Nast’s Traveller Magazine readers voted Durham the ‘Best City in the UK ‘.

One of Britain’s most picturesque cities, thanks to its many beautiful buildings, riverside setting and UNESCO World Heritage sites – Durham Castle and the vaulted, Romanesque Durham Cathedral . You’ll also find ancient university colleges, botanical gardens, and an Oriental Museum exhibiting Asian, Egyptian, and Middle Eastern artefacts.

Take time to stroll the winding cobbled streets, explore the fascinating, unique shops and luxuriate in independent tearooms, coffee shops, and cafes.

Best Ghost Walks in York Ghost Tour

Don’t miss the chance to go on a ghost walk while you’re in York! I’ve shared all the best ghost walks in York here so you can pick which one is best for you 🙂

More Ideas For Day Trips by Train from York

Some of the best places near York to explore if you have more time include Yorkshire’s great cities.

  • Wakefield  – for Wakefield Cathedral, the Hepworth Gallery, Yorkshire Sculpture Park and the excellent National Coal Mining Museum.
  • Sheffield   – for the best shopping in the North, the Millennium Gallery, the Winter Garden, Botanical Gardens and Kelham Island Museum.  The beautiful city of Sheffield is also on the doorstep of the stunning Peak District – an area of outstanding natural beauty.

You may also see the Lake District, Manchester (and its marvellous Northern Quarter), and even London or Edinburgh suggested as great day trips from York; however, I beg to differ. All of these are fantastic locations with top attractions, but I don’t believe the travel time vs. time in location makes them a good option for an easy day trip from York.

How to Visit York

York is easy to visit by road and rail. If you’re driving to York from London or Edinburgh, take the A59 or the A64 from the A1M (motorway) and use York’s convenient  park-and-ride  services.

York railway station is just 30 minutes from Leeds , where direct trains to London and other national locations are available.

Leeds Bradford is the closest airport to York, and Manchester offers the nearest international airport.

Where to Stay in York

York is popular all year round, so there are plenty of quality places to stay.

Top Picks: [Where to stay in York]

#1 TOP PICK

hotelm bedroom with crisp white sheets and red comforter

⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️ The Grand Spa Hotel ✔️ Fantastic location ✔️ Luxury Spa ✔️ Fabulous Restaurant

luxury hotel breakfast with fresh juice and pastries

JUDGES LODGINGS ✔️ Overlooks York Minster ✔️ Moments from Bettys Tearoom ✔️ Fabulous breakfast included

FAQs: The Best Day Trips from York

Is york a good day trip from london.

Yes! York is the perfect day trip from London , with a journey time of just over 2 hours each way by train – and a great train service.

Is one day enough for York?

While you won’t see everything in York in one day, you can see a lot, as the city is compact and it’s easy to see many top tourist attractions.

What is close to York?

Within an hour of York, you can visit the vibrant city of Leeds, or the beautiful towns of Harrogate and Knaresborough, or venture into the North York Moors.

Final Thoughts About The Best Day Trips from York

York is a captivating city filled with history and culture and is a perfect base for exploring the surrounding areas. From the stunning beauty of the Yorkshire Dales to the charming villages of North Yorkshire Moors, plenty of day trip options offer something for everyone.

Whether you’re a nature enthusiast, a history buff, or simply seeking a change of scenery, these day trips provide an opportunity to experience the diverse landscapes and attractions this region offers.

So next time you find yourself in York, be sure to venture beyond its walls and embark on one of these unforgettable day trips – you won’t be disappointed!

Ready to head to Yorkshire? Check out these other Yorkshire travel resources!

  • Is York Worth Visiting? 21 Best Things To Do & Reasons To Visit
  • The Best Way to Get To York From London For A Day Trip
  • Discover The Best Yorkshire Food
  • 21 Most Beautiful Towns In Yorkshire
  • The Best Time To Visit York: A Local’s Guide

Liked what you read? Share it on Pinterest!

AMAZING DAY TRIPS FROM YORK

Travel Resources These are my favourite, tried and true travel planning resources

  • Booking flights: I always check out routes and flight options on Skyscanner and Google Flights before I book to secure the lowest fares.
  • Accommodations: I love affordable luxury hotels and rentals in great locations. Booking.com and VRBO are my favourites for great deals.
  • Car Rentals: I love Rentalcars.com because they consistently provide the best customer service and great deals.
  • Tours + Experiences: I love exploring new places through tours! Especially food tours! I always book through Viator or Get Your Guide .
  • Tech : I keep my internet browsing safe, secure, and fast with NordVPN

Avatar of Coralie Thornton

Coralie Thornton, the owner and author of Grey Globetrotters, has been a traveller for more than four decades. Her passion for adventure has led her through over 40 countries, seeking cultural experiences, delicious foods, and hidden gems. Today, she helps others experience the UK, Europe, Egypt and China, with meticulously crafted travel itineraries and affordable luxury travel guides.

Hand Luggage Only

  • Travel Journal
  • Travel Advice
  • Travel Inspiration
  • Photo Diary
  • Photography Tips
  • Photography Inspiration
  • Destinations
  • Home Inspiration
  • Blogging Tips
  • Work With Us

Hand Luggage Only

12 Best Day Trips In England

Exploring The Beautiful Ancient City Of York, England (41)

Honestly, there’s a huge amount of places in England to explore, especially on a sunny day. We’re so fortunate to have a whole heap of the best day trips in England that are dotted all across the country. With everything from tropical-like islands to magnificent castles .

That being said, it can be pretty tough to nail down a few of the best day trips in England to head out on. This is especially true when you’ve got such a huge amount to see.

This is exactly why I wanted to share some of the best day trips in England that everyone can enjoy.

Now, rather than just focusing on one area of England (after all, we’re not all based in London , Manchester etc), I thought I’d pop a few suggestions that are dotted all across the country.

This’ll hopefully give you a load of relatively local spots to visit for one of the best day trips in England.

12 Best Day Trips In England

With that in mind, take a look at some of the best day trips in England that I’m sure you’ll love. Have the best trip!

1.) The Cotswolds

In Search Of The Most Beautiful Street In England - Arlington Row, Bibury (17)

For me, visiting the Cotswolds is easily one of the best day trips in England. This is especially true if you’re based around Bristol , Bath or further north, too.

In Search Of The Most Beautiful Street In England - Arlington Row, Bibury (7)

Nestled within a protected area of outstanding natural beauty, the Cotswolds is filled with rolling hills and quaint little villages and towns to boot! It’s the kind of place where you can spend a day driving around the country lanes and randomly just come across the prettiest little places.

A Trip The Beautiful English Town Of Tetbury In The Cotswolds... (4)

Once here, make sure to explore Bibury and see the iconic Arlington Row . The houses are so quaint. Afterwards, take a little drive to Stow-on-the-Wold or visit Castlecombe that is equally idyllic.

Inside The Beautiful Cotswolds Village Of Lacock... (5)

To make things really easy, book this incredible Cotswolds tour from London. Along the way, you’ll stop at Bibury, Burford, Stow-on-the-Wold and more.

Just be sure to book your tour before arriving in London as the tour can fill up fast at peak times. Alternatively, check out the tours that have slightly different routes, too.

Read more: Best places to visit in the Cotswolds

24 Hours In Bath, England (39)

Not too far from the Cotswolds, Bath is a Roman city that’s totally steeped in history.

It’s a totally stunning city and one of the best day trips in England as it’s only a few hours by train from central London.

Once here, you’ve got to go visit the Roman baths that you can still tour to this day. Also, pop into Sally Lunn’s for some of her iconic buns that are famous in Bath.

They’re so tasty and a must-have when hunger strikes.

24 Hours In Bath, England (29)

Afterwards, take a stroll around the town and see Bath Abbey and the circus, too. It’s a present of houses that are so beautiful and totally unique.

Finally, after strolling the cobbled streets, pop over to the Thermae Spa pool that’s heated by geothermal activity. Their outdoor pool is just so nice.

24 Hours In Bath, England (46)

Though be warned, you can easily get sunburned, especially on a sunny day. Lather yourself in sun protection, like the ones Bioderma produce that’s not using nano mineral filters and are better for the environment.

Plus, you won’t look like a lobster when you leave the spa! 

24 Hours In Bath, England (48)

After a little dip, head inside for one of their massage treatments, too. They’re amazing.

Also, be sure to book this Bath walking tour with optional Roman Bath tickets . It’s a great way to explore the whole city and see all the main spots.

Just be sure to book before arriving in Bath; places fill up on weekends and you don’t want to miss out.

Read more: Best things to do in Bath

3.) Peak District

The Peak District: Exploring England's Oldest National Park (55)

Being the oldest national park in the country, the Peak District is a totally gorgeous area to explore.

Finding Robin Hood's Bow And Safari Lodging In The Peak District, England (46)

Plus, it’s one of the best day trips in England if you want to get away from the hustle and bustle of everyday life.

Finding Winnats Pass And An Underground Lake In The Peak District, England (15)

Once here, make sure to ramble around Winnats Pass , visit the underground river and take a tour in a historic car across the hills and valleys. It’s so picturesque.

Read more: Exploring the Peak District

4.) Cambridge

12 Experiences And Things To Do In Cambridge, England (41)

Now, after living in Cambridge for a year, I’ve come to realise how special this place is. You see, it’s not only steeped in history but it also has a shed load of gorgeous foodie spots and stunning university grounds to see, too.

12 Experiences And Things To Do In Cambridge, England (17)

Only 45-minutes from central London by train, it’s totally easy to visit if you’re wanting to see one of England’s prettiest little cities.

Yeah, it’s much smaller than the likes of London or Birmingham but it has a charm that is well-worth experiencing.

12 Experiences And Things To Do In Cambridge, England (7)

After arriving in Cambridge, make sure to head over to King’s College Chapel and see the ornate works that have stood for centuries.

12 Experiences And Things To Do In Cambridge, England (4)

Afterwards, book these tickets and hop on board a guided punting tour of Cambridge at your own pace. It’s so much fun, even in the colder months when you wrap up warm.

Alternatively, check out the (below) tours of Cambridge which are great options, too.

Read more: Best things to do in Cambridge

5.) The Jurassic Coast

Searching For Dinosaurs And Fossils On The Jurassic Coast Of England (10)

Nestled on the south coast of England, the Jurassic Coast is a UNESCO-protected area of England that’s pretty unique.

You see, what makes the Jurassic Coast so special is its geological formations and the fact you can go fossil hunting , too.

Once here, take a stroll on the beach and keep your eyes peeled! If you’re patient, you’ll end up finding quite a few fossils that you’re actually allowed to keep. Though, no digging into the cliffs isn’t allowed.

The Amazing 8,000 Year Old English Village And Durdle Door In The Jurassic Coast Of England (1)

Some people have even found dinosaur skeletons, too. It’s such a special place and a perfect spot for one of the best day trips in England.

The Amazing 8,000 Year Old English Village And Durdle Door In The Jurassic Coast Of England (11)

After scouring the beach, head over to Corfe Castle for a wander around this ancient village.

The Amazing 8,000 Year Old English Village And Durdle Door In The Jurassic Coast Of England (34)

Finally, pop over to see Durdle Door and ramble to Old Harry Rocks that’s totally beautiful on a sunny day.

The Amazing 8,000 Year Old English Village And Durdle Door In The Jurassic Coast Of England (35)

Read more: How to go fossil hunting on the Jurassic Coast

Finding The Very Best View In York At York Minster (11)

Situated within Yorkshire, York is a Viking city that’s got a history dating back over 1,000 years.

Plus, it’s also a relatively small city which makes it one of the best day trips in England if you’re already in the area.

Taking A Step Back Into The Past In York, England (18)

After arriving in the city, take a wander over to York Cathedral and climb the stairs to the views from the roof. You’ll get a gorgeous view of the walled city from up here.

Exploring The Beautiful Ancient City Of York, England (55)

Afterwards, head on over to the Shambles that’s a street that’s so quaint and pretty. It almost looks like it has fallen out of Harry Potter!

Exploring The Beautiful Ancient City Of York, England (47)

Afterwards, take a wander around the city walls, visit the castle and even head to Roots for a delicious seasonal meal.

Exploring The Beautiful Ancient City Of York, England (59)

It’s one of my favourite spots; plus, they have the tastiest cocktails.

Taking A Step Back Into The Past In York, England (7)

Finally, if you want to take to the water, book these self-drive boats around York . It’s so much fun for a morning; we loved it. 

Read more: Best things to do in York

7.) Newcastle

16 Best Things To Do In Newcastle, England (4)

Being England’s most northerly city, Newcastle is one of the best day trips in England if you’re heading up (or down) the east coast.

You see, over the last few decades, Newcastle has really made a name for itself as a great little city break, especially with all the things to do there.

16 Best Things To Do In Newcastle, England (7)

If you love art, then check out the Laing Art Gallery or the Baltic Centre for Contemporary Art. These are great spots to visit, especially if the weather gets a little wet!

Afterwards, pop down to Sage, and wander the Riverside to see the Tyne Bridge. It’s an iconic part of Newcastle. You honestly can’t miss it.

Read more: Best places in Newcastle to visit

8.) Northumberland Coast

Visiting The Beautiful Bamburgh Castle & Farne Islands, England (55)

Northumberland has a nickname as ‘castle country’ and it’s easy to see why once you arrive. It’s the county that has the most castles out of any in England and they’re totally stunning.

Visiting The Beautiful Bamburgh Castle & Farne Islands, England (56)

Once here, make sure to check out Bamburgh Castle which is huge and so imposing. Also, don’t forget to see Dunstanburgh Castle and Alnwick Castle, too. Now, you probably won’t have enough time to visit them all when searching for the best day trips in England, but you can certainly give it a shot.

Visiting The Beautiful Bamburgh Castle & Farne Islands, England (71)

Alternatively, stay for a few days and head out to see Holy Island that’s totally unique! It’s a tidal island that gets cut off from the mainland every day, so be sure to plan your trip in advance.

Visiting the Holy Island of Lindisfarne, England (25)

Once here, you can visit Lindisfarne Castle and even try some of the monks’ mead that they produce on the island (and is made from honey).

Read more: Best places in the north of England to visit

9.) Lake District

The Perfect 4 Day Itinerary For Visiting England's Beautiful Lake District (19)

One of England’s newest UNESCO world-heritage-sites, the Lake District is just beautiful.

With around sixteen lakes in all, the Lake District is a great place to visit if you love the outdoors and you’re already in the northwest of England.

The Perfect 4 Day Itinerary For Visiting England's Beautiful Lake District (69)

Now, the most famous lake to visit has to be Windermere, but if you want to avoid the crowds, pop over to the quieter (but still big) Ullswater.

The Perfect 4 Day Itinerary For Visiting England's Beautiful Lake District (80)

From here, you can stay in places like Another Place and ramble around the hills and countryside before heading out onto the lake itself.

The Perfect 4 Day Itinerary For Visiting England's Beautiful Lake District (13)

We decided on paddle boarding and also taking the traditional steamer across the lake itself.

The Perfect 4 Day Itinerary For Visiting England's Beautiful Lake District (108)

It really is a stunning area of England and, if I’m honest, a great place to spend longer than just one day.

Read more: Best things to do in the Lake District

10.) St. Ives

Places To Visit On The The Coast Of Cornwall, England (2)

Cornwall is a totally beautiful area within England to explore. Better still, it’s a really easy place to visit for one of the best day trips in England when you’re already in the southwest of the country.

Whilst here, make sure to check out the sandy beaches of St. Ives, take a wander around the town and find some of the best places to eat.

Pop into the Cellar Bistro for their freshly-caught sea bream and haddock that is always so tasty.

Alternatively, pop into the Mermaid Seafood Restaurant which serves some tasty seafood, too. Their hake is so yummy and the restaurant is so cute.

Read more: Best things to do in Cornwall

11.) Arundel

The Magnificent Arundel Castle... In West Sussex, England (33)

Situated around a 100-minute drive from central London, Arundel is dominated by its incredible castle that’s something to behold!

The Magnificent Arundel Castle... In West Sussex, England (27)

Occupied by the Howard family, it has a history that dates back almost 1,000 years. Nowadays, you can head inside the grounds and the grand rooms that still overlook the town of Arundel itself.

The Magnificent Arundel Castle... In West Sussex, England (41)

Once here, make sure to scale the Norman Motte and see the views of the quadrangle and courtyard of the castle itself.

The Magnificent Arundel Castle... In West Sussex, England (18)

Afterwards, head into the staterooms and libraries to get a glimpse of what castle life is really like. It’s totally incredible.

Read more: Visiting Arundel Castle in West Sussex

12.) Windsor

An Afternoon In Windsor Castle... (Plus, 10 Things To Know Before You Visit Windsor Castle). (26)

If you’re already in London, Windsor is probably one of the easiest (and arguably) one of the best day trips in England. You see, it’s only about 30-minutes on the train, right from the heart of central London.

An Afternoon In Windsor Castle... (Plus, 10 Things To Know Before You Visit Windsor Castle). (7)

Before arriving, be sure to book these tickets and head inside Windsor Castle and explore some of the staterooms and iconic grounds which the royal family call home.

You’ll likely spend about 3-4 hours here, so plan your day trip in advance.

An Afternoon In Windsor Castle... (Plus, 10 Things To Know Before You Visit Windsor Castle). (32)

Afterwards, pop over to Eton and take a boat trip down the River, too. It’s a great way to relax and see more of the area on a sunny day.

Read more: Best things to do in Windsor

The 19 Prettiest And Best Places To Visit In England

Check Out The Very Best Of Great Britain!

Hand Luggage Only Great Britain Travel Book Advert Banner

Pop Over To Our YouTube Channel For Travel Videos!

' src=

Puppy Defender. Foodie. Chocolate Fiend and Custard Lover. Dip, Cover or Wrap anything in sugar and I'm Yours!

day trips uk winter

14 Places To See On A Drive From Vancouver To Calgary

day trips uk winter

12 Best Things To Do In East London

You may also like.

12 Of The Best Hikes In The USA To Explore (6)

12 Best Hikes In The USA

The Beautiful City of Bordeaux, France (28)

12 Best Things To Do In Bordeaux, France

Burghausen Castle - The Longest Castle In The Entire World! (59)

Exploring Burghausen In Germany: The World’s Longest Castle

Looking for something, fellow connected travellers.

  • 584k Facebook
  • 0 Pinterest
  • 1,202,450 TikTok
  • 397,142 Instagram
  • 23,800 X (Twitter)
  • 33,270 Email Subscribers

Adventure Awaits!

Hand Luggage Only Find Out More

Have You Seen These Yet?

8 Best Restaurants In Niagara-on-the-Lake

8 Best Restaurants In Niagara-on-the-Lake

10 Random Experiences On Our Trip Across The USA

10 Random Experiences On Our Trip Across The USA

10 Best Things To Do In Colombia

10 Best Things To Do In Colombia

8 Current Broadway Shows In New York Not To Miss

8 Current Broadway Shows In New York Not To Miss

Your Essential Guide To Visiting Tennessee (And 1-Week Itinerary)

Your Essential Guide To Visiting Tennessee (And 1-Week Itinerary)

  • Privacy Policy

day trips uk winter

Email address:

web analytics

The 30 best destinations for a winter-sun escape

Winter is on the horizon – our expert reveals the best sunshine breaks to see you through the season

The 30 best winter sun destinations

It happens every year, but when daylight hours shrink and any remaining sun is suffocated by thick clouds, moods easily plummet. A dose of vitamin D is never more needed than during our winter months – especially following the coolest summer in the UK for nine years, according to latest statistics from the Met Office.

Fortunately, you don’t need to travel far for holiday weather . While the UK feels dark and gloomy, other parts of Europe are still basking in sunshine. In fact, in many places – like Madeira and the Algarve – temperatures are far more comfortable than the unbearable heat of summer and anyone keen to spend time on the beach can’t go wrong with a trip to the Canaries . 

Warmer waters are guaranteed in Egypt’s Red Sea, where a two-hour time difference reduces any risk of jet lag. Similarly, Morocco, Cape Verde and Senegal all promise sunshine without messing up your body clock.

Tourists cycling in the sun

If you want temperatures guaranteed to be over 70F (21C), you may have to journey farther afield. But even popular long-haul holiday resorts in the Caribbean, Mauritius or South Africa can be affordable if you’re prepared to hunt around for deals and be flexible with the destination and dates. 

For inspiration, we’ve picked some of the best locations for winter sun on the planet, all guaranteed to be beneficial for your physical and mental health.

Search by region

  • Middle East

Indian Ocean

1. algarve, portugal.

Average winter temperature: 17C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 6

Myths abound in Sagres, the most south-westerly point of Continental Europe. Prince Henry, a key figure in the era of New World explorations, supposedly built a navigational school in the low-key surf town once considered the edge of the earth. 

Details are hazy, but one fact remains: the Algarve’s dramatic, cliff-fringed harbour town is a jumping-off point for discovery. Beyond the wind-whipped cape, sheltered beaches range from hidden coves to broad stretches of sand. 

Although the peak sunbathing months have passed, so too have the crowds – while temperatures remain mild enough to leave thick jumpers at home.

How to do it

A seven-night trip Real Algarve with Sunvil costs from £1,152pp (two sharing), including B&B accommodation at Pousada de Sagres and Pousada Convento de Tavira, transfers and flights. Plan a trip with our Algarve travel guide.

Finca de Arrieta, Lanzarote

2. Lanzarote, Canary Islands  

Average winter temperature: 20C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

Closer to Africa than Europe, the Canary Islands bathe in a generous amount of sunshine – enough, in fact, to power an eco-village retreat. 

Running entirely on renewable energy generated by solar panels and wind turbines, Finca de Arrieta is an off-grid escape on the east coast of Lanzarote where the aim is literally to switch off. Choose between a farmhouse, cottages and Mongolian-style yurts set in gardens sprouting with succulents and exotic fruits. 

Eggs and vegetables can be collected from the farmhouse for home-grown lunches. A family-friendly beach, with calm waters and an on-duty lifeguard, is only a few minutes’ walk away.

A family yurt for four with Lanzarote Retreats costs from £67 per night. Excludes flights. Plan a trip with our Lanzarote travel guide.

3. Northern Cyprus 

Average winter temperature: 18C  Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

Like the many citrus fruits ripening in village orchards at this time of year, winter days spent exploring Northern Cyprus are zingy and refreshing. Although lacking the glitzy, big-brand resorts of the south, the island’s Turkish sector has a similarly beautiful coastline. Prices are much cheaper, too. 

Visit the Roman ruins of Salamis in Famagusta and get up to date with modern history in the ghost city of Varosha, abandoned after the Turkish invasion in 1974. Lighten the mood with a lazy meander through the sleepy village of Bellapais, where Lawrence Durrell penned his book Bitter Lemons – a title no doubt inspired by that timeless tangy scent.

A seven-night holiday with Newmarket Holidays costs from £875pp, including half-board accommodation, tours, transfers and return flights. Departures in January and February. Plan a trip with our Cyprus travel guide.

Origo Mare Holiday Village, Fuerteventura, Canary Islands

4. Fuerteventura, Canary Islands

Average winter temperature: 19C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

The closest of the Canaries to north Africa has a stark, arid landscape and a climate similar to the sun-beaten Continent’s. Slowly shifting across the Parque Natural de Corralejo, soft dunes resemble the Sahara and warm winds stretch a summer feeling to 365 days of the year. 

Set along a coast of crashing waves at the northern tip of the island, against a backdrop of ancient volcanic peaks, Origo Mare Holiday Village has a sprawling water park of slides and pools perfect for safe family swimming. Alternatively, you can embrace the strong ocean winds by learning to kitesurf or surf with the Yolo Riders surf school. 

Seven nights’ self-catering at Origo Mare Holiday Village with Pierre & Vacances costs from £503 for a studio. Excludes flights. 

Casale Panayiotis, Cyprus

5. Marathasa Valley, Cyprus

Average winter temperature: 18C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

Favoured by pilgrims and members of royalty, the natural sulphur spring waters of mountain village Kalopanayiotis promise a healing mind-and-body reset for the new year ahead. Built by an entrepreneur to bring life back to his beloved hometown, Casale Panayiotis is a spa village set among revived orchards, vineyards and stone buildings on slopes of the Troodos mountains. 

Relax in the hydrotherapy pool or book a range of rose-petal bathing and Mediterranean oil massage treatments. Close by is an 11th-century Byzantine monastery, which is open to guests. Rock climbing, mountain biking and hikes can also be arranged in the surrounding Marathasa Valley.

How to do it 

Seven nights’ B&B with Health and Fitness Travel costs from £1,220pp (two sharing), including transfers and a wellness programme. Excludes flights. Plan a trip with our Cyprus travel guide.

6. Madeira, Portugal

Average winter temperature: 18C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 5

Scorching heat has made it difficult to enjoy Mediterranean Europe during the height of summer. But milder weather makes the off-season ideal for sun-drenched hikes. Once used as irrigation channels, Madeira’s levadas form a network of walking trails connecting remote areas of the wild island. 

Inaccessible for many years, the cliff-backed section of pathways in Calheta is less visited. Follow fairy tale woodland trails on the Levada do Alecrim and climb to Cabo Girão, one of the highest sea cliffs in the world. A former summer residence converted into a year-round lodge, the 17th-century, family-owned Quinta das Vinhas is an atmospheric base surrounded by vines.

A seven-night self-guided trip with Inn Travel costs from £995pp (two sharing), including B&B accommodation, some meals, car hire, walking route notes and maps. Excludes fights.

Tenerife Royal Hideaway

7. Tenerife, Canary Islands

Average winter temperature: 21C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 6

Traditionally, this is the time of year when it’s acceptable to pile on the pounds. Rather than waste calories on scoffing stodgy roasts and mince pies around a fire, dine out on great meals with a sea view. 

Those with a culinary compass should set their dial for Royal Hideaway Corales Beach in Tenerife’s upscale south, home to two Michelin-starred restaurants. Try Japanese and Peruvian fusion at San Hô or sample the gastronomic expertise of the Padrón brothers at El Rincón de Juan Carlos. Digest by lounging in a heated rooftop infinity pool, gazing towards the ocean. 

Seven nights at Royal Hideaway Corales Beach with Jet2holidays costs from £2,008pp (two sharing) B&B, including flights. Plan a trip with our Tenerife travel guide.

Back to index.

8. Northern Morocco

Average winter temperature: 19C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

Winter blues are far from depressing in one of north Africa’s most culturally captivating countries. From cerulean skies to cobalt seas, Morocco is awash with warm, inviting shades. Even the streets and houses of the “Blue City” of Chefchaouen have adopted the nation’s trademark hue. 

Visit as part of a tour exploring the less ventured north, taking Africa’s first bullet train from Casablanca to Tangiers and eventually winding up in the 1,200-year-old medina of Fez. Reel in hauls with local fishermen at Larache, make cheese with a family in the Rif mountains and visit the secret tropical gardens of Rohuna, an Italian horticulturalist’s passion project.

An eight-day trip with Inclusive Morocco costs from £3,935pp (two sharing), including B&B accommodation, some meals, driver, tours and transfers. Excludes flights.

9. Marsa Alam, Egypt

Average winter temperature: 25C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 9

Often foolishly overlooked for more exotic (and expensive) climes, the Red Sea dazzles with colourful reefs and marine life. Attracting fewer crowds than Sharm El Sheikh, Marsa Alam on the sea’s western shore has equally reputable diving schools and is serviced by several direct flights from the UK.

Once accessible only by liveaboards, diving can now be done from the shore or on boat trips to Sha’ab Samadai, frequently visited by a pod of spinner dolphins. Wind down with a massage or meditation session at the new Wadi Sabarah Lodge, built from coral limestone in botanical gardens.

Seven nights with Regaldive costs from £945 (two sharing), including B&B and transfers. Flights extra.

Marsa Alam

Average winter temperature: 27C at the coast; 19C in Borana Hours of daily winter sunshine: 9

Offering better value than the Maldives and with beaches as sparkling as those in the Seychelles, Kenya’s Indian Ocean coastline is returning to our radar. 

Swerve Mombasa’s busy resorts for the bohemian archipelago of Lamu farther north, where donkeys stroll through sandy streets and wooden dhows weave between islands. 

For a castaway stay, check into a smart beach hut on Manda Bay island, owned by the Dyer family. Their relatives manage pioneering eco conservancy Borana, a sanctuary for black rhinos at the foothills of Mount Kenya. Twin both for the ultimate beach-and-bush break.

A seven-night Kenya Unleashed trip with Nomad Africa costs from £3,419pp (two sharing), including full-board accommodation and transfers. Excludes flights.

11. Cape Verde

Average winter temperature: 25C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 6

Beyond the busy beach resorts of Boa Vista and Sal, islands in west Africa’s Portuguese-speaking archipelago are rarely visited. Best explored on foot, Santo Antão is a mosaic of steep gorges and valleys carved into volcanic rock, with coastal trails connecting villages clinging to cliffs. 

Hike inland through forests of mimosa and pine, sleeping in the thatched cottages of Pedracin Village. Hop over to São Vicente island by ferry for a walk through lava fields washed by the Atlantic Ocean, and spend evenings listening to traditional morna folk music in the cultural capital of Mindelo.

A seven-night walking holiday with Walks Worldwide costs from £1,869pp (two sharing), including B&B, some additional meals, flights and transfers.

Cape Verde

12. Senegal

Average winter temperature: 23C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 8

French travellers have been bathing on west African beaches for decades. But it’s taken Britons a little longer to be convinced. A six-hour direct flight from London away, Dakar is the gateway to golden stretches along Pointe Sarène, where the water temperature is around 21C. 

Sharing the same time zone as the UK, it’s possible to slip immediately into relaxation mode without any irritating jet lag, yet the location is exotic enough to feel much farther away. It’s perfect for an affordable fly-and-flop, and TUI offers all-inclusive packages at the surprisingly tasteful Riu Baobab. 

Seven nights at Riu Baobab with Tui on an all-inclusive basis costs from £956pp (two sharing), including transfers and flights.

13. Cape Town, South Africa

Average winter temperature: 23C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 11

Few cities boast the compressed beauty of South Africa’s ocean-view metropolis: mountains, waves and winelands are all within easy reach. From October onwards, days grow longer with plenty of opportunities to enjoy outdoor events and festivals. Try surfing, swimming in tidal pools or climbing the Lion’s Head peak at dawn – all possible before sitting down to breakfast.

Babylonstoren, South Africa

For a rural wind-down in elegant surroundings, the restored 17th-century Dutch farm Babylonstoren is less than an hour’s drive away in the heart of the Cape Winelands. Dine at tables decorated with colourful, freshly plucked produce, taste award-winning wines in a cellar room, or milk cows as part of a new working-farm experience. 

A nine-night family city and safari holiday, including Cape Town (B&B), Babylonstoren (B&B) and Sabi Sands (full board) with Coral Tree Travel , costs from £5,950pp (two adults and two children), including flights. Plan a trip with our Cape Town travel guide.

14. Daymaniyat Islands, Oman

Average winter temperature: 21C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 10

Few capitals are within such easy reach of paradise. A 45-minute boat ride from Muscat, the rocky Daymaniyat Islands are ringed by sparkling white beaches. 

Between November and April, the real beauty of this nature reserve lies underwater. Snorkel above sea-grass beds for the best chance of seeing green and hawksbill turtles, and look out for Arabian butterflyfish and angelfish in the reefs. Back on the mainland, freshwater pools in wadis provide relief on trips to the Sharqiya Sands Desert. Even more refreshing is the cooling breeze of the Hajar mountains.

A 10-night Oman in Style trip with Cox & Kings costs from £6,295pp (two sharing), including B&B accommodation, transfers and flights.

Oman Sharqiyah Sand

15. Saadiyat Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates

Average winter temperature: 18C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 8

Masters of perfection, Emiratis sure struck gold when designing the cultural hub of Saadiyat Island, home to one of the largest concentrations of museums and galleries in the world. Not everything on the island 1,600ft off the coast of Abu Dhabi is man-made, however. 

With not a speck of imported sand in sight, the natural beaches are regarded as the best in the UAE. Saadiyat Rotana Resort & Villas has direct access to a gleaming-white five-mile stretch, making it a family favourite. Scott Dunn runs a two-floor Explorers Kids Club on-site, with different games and spaces aimed at ages six months to 11 years.

Seven nights at Saadiyat Rotana Resort & Villas with Scott Dunn costs from £6,000 for a family of four, including half-board, transfers and flights.

16. Greater Palm Springs, US

Average winter temperature: 22C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 8

A Californian white Christmas is possible in the snow-sprinkled mountains – but don’t expect a single flake to fall in the desert town of Palm Springs. Arduous in the heat of summer, strolling around town is a joy at this time of year. 

Marvel at the Modernist architecture of bolt-holes built for Hollywood greats who come here to escape the stress of Los Angeles, and browse retro Americana furnishings, clothes and homewares at a vintage market on the first Sunday of the month (October to May). If you need to cool off, get closer to the mountains by riding the Palm Springs Aerial Tramway to Mount San Jacinto State Park.

An 11-day room-only trip exploring the Greater Palm Springs region with Netflights costs from £1,331pp (two sharing), including flights.

Tulum, Mexico

Spicy mezcal cocktails and chilli-based mole sauces are guaranteed to turn up the heat in the southern Mexican state of Oaxaca at any time of the year. Savour both delicacies on a culinary tour of the region, taking part in a cookery class and discovering the best street food in local markets. 

Continue to the Yucatán peninsula to swim in collapsed sinkholes known as cenotes and visit Mayan ruins at Uxmal. After a dose of archaeological exploration at Chichen Itza, end your journey on the Caribbean beaches of Tulum, made famous by backpackers but now populated by trendy hotels.

A 15-day Cities, Civilisations and the Caribbean Coast tour with Original Travel costs from £4,490pp (two sharing), including B&B accommodation, transfers and flights. Plan a trip with our Mexico travel guide.

18. Maraú Peninsula, Bahia, Brazil

Average winter temperature: 27C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

Although more than 5,000 miles away, there’s only a three-hour time difference with Bahia – just enough to avoid serious jet lag. Make the long journey worthwhile by staying at an eco-lodge in a nature reserve on the Maraú peninsula. 

The peaceful strip, south of Salvador, is scattered with coral pools and patches of Atlantic rainforest. Casa dos Arandis also allows light-footprint access to an area few people could plot on a map, and you can walk for miles along an undeveloped beachfront or take a boat ride to explore mangroves and waterfalls in the Bay of Camamu.

A minimum four-night stay at Casa dos Arandis through Fleewinter costs from £780pp (two sharing) on a half-board basis. Excludes flights and transfers. Plan a trip with our Brazil travel guide.

Casa Dos Arandis, Brazil

19. Costa Rica 

Average winter temperature: 22-30C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

The path to happiness is often hard to find, but it probably passes through Central America’s tiny powerhouse nation. Cultivating a culture of pura vida (pure life), this bastion of biodiversity is also a champion of sustainability. As a result, rainforests flourish, wildlife is bountiful and residents on the Nicoya peninsula often live to more than 100 years old.

Sandwiched between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, coastlines are visited by several species of cetacean, creating one of the world’s longest whale-watching seasons (roughly August to April). Inland, emerald-winged birds flutter through the swirling mist of Monteverde Cloud Forest and sulphur pools bubble in the Rincón de la Vieja region.

A 15-night escorted tour through Ramble Worldwide costs from £4,520pp (two sharing) on a half-board basis, including flights and transfers. Various departures.

Green throated mountain gem feeding on flowers in El Salvador

20. Nicaragua

Average winter temperature: 28C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

Despite boasting easy access to two of our planet’s greatest oceans, the most impressive waters in this offbeat Central American country lie inland. Flooded craters have created a habitat for some of the strangest creatures, including endemic cichlids and a population of bull sharks. Swim, kayak or scuba-dive in the dormant cone of Apoyo Lagoon, warmed to 26C by bubbling hot springs. Past political problems have kept the country off the mainstream holiday radar, but a lack of major development is its charm.

A nine-night holiday through Black Tomato costs from £4,900pp (two sharing), including B&B and transfers. Flights extra.

21. St Eustatius, Caribbean

Average winter temperature: 26C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 8

Of the several hundred islands comprising the Caribbean, few people could list them all. One name likely to gain more attention over the coming years is the Dutch island of St Eustatius in the Lesser Antilles, a short hop from neighbouring St Kitts. 

Dominated by a dormant volcano named the Quill, it was once an important trading port for the Dutch West India Company. Now, it’s a popular diving and nature destination primed for under-the-radar beach retreats. Hummingbirds and butterflies flutter between thousands of plants and flowers spread across the Golden Rock Resort, an ideal base for discovering this beautiful island.

Seven nights at Golden Rock Resort with Turquoise Holidays costs from £1,669pp (two sharing), including B&B, transfers and flights.

22. St Kitts

Average winter temperature: 27C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 8

If digging toes in white sands sounds like a cliché, try walking barefoot across beaches in gold, ebony and salt-and-pepper hues. Breaking Caribbean conventions on all fronts, this West Indian island has shied away from showy, all-inclusive resorts, allowing visitors to embrace the local culture. 

As it is one of the only nations in the world where the rainforest is expanding, all land above 300m is protected. Explore by foot, in a 4x4 or on a zip line. Running for two hours along the north coast, the St Kitts Scenic Railway is the last transport by tracks in this part of the world. Once used to export sugar cane, it now carries tourists serenaded by a Kittitian choir.

Seven nights at Timothy Beach Resort with Caribtours costs from £1,499pp (two sharing), including B&B, transfers and flights. Plan a trip with our St Kitts travel guide.

West Indies Sugar Train Scenic Railway

23. Grenada, Caribbean

Average winter temperature: 27C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 8

Claiming to be the “shipwreck capital of the Caribbean” hasn’t necessarily been the best way to attract travellers over the years. Yet Grenada is using the boast to become a drawcard for divers and one of the Caribbean’s leading marine destinations, where waters are far less treacherous than in the past. 

The Underwater Sculpture Park in Molinere Bay features 75 works sunken at depths of 5-8m, easily accessible by scuba or snorkelling. Applauded as one of the world’s most beautiful beaches, the powdery, palm-fringed sands of Grand Anse provide a postcard setting at which to dry off on shore.

A six-night all-inclusive stay at Kalinago Beach Resort with British Airways Holidays costs from £854pp (two sharing), including direct flights.

24. Dominican Republic

Average winter temperature: 29C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 8

As it is ringed by 1,600km of coastline, it’s hard to look beyond the Dominican Republic’s beaches. But Haiti’s calmer, upmarket neighbour – which shares Hispaniola island – has some of the most diverse landscapes in the Caribbean. 

rafting on Rio Yaque del Norte near Jarabacoa

The starting point for a rafting ride along the fast-flowing Yaque del Norte river, the resort town of Jarabacoa sits in the cooler reaches of the Cordillera Central mountain range. Affordable all-inclusive resorts huddle around commercialised Punta Cana, while pristine, crowd-free beaches can be found farther south in Jaragua National Park. Snorkel with hawksbill turtles and watch flamingos dance in lagoons.

A seven-night all-inclusive stay at Barceló Bávaro Beach Hotel through Tropical Sky costs from £1,249pp (two sharing), including transfers and flights.

25. Kerala, southern India

Average winter temperature: 30C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

At the end of the monsoon season in southern India, temperatures become comfortable again and the sun glows for longer hours. Once it sets below the horizon, a night-sky canvas is decorated with sparkling illuminations as part of the Diwali festival of lights, which runs in October and November this year.

Float along Kerala’s sleepy backwaters, canals and lagoons in a houseboat, watching fishermen cast their nets. Cool down even further by travelling into the Cardamom Hills, where spices and coffee are cultivated on slopes. Even the living temples of Madurai, which throng with 10,000 pilgrims, feel reassuringly calm.

A 21-day Ultimate Southern India mixed-board holiday with The Ultimate Travel Company costs from £6,650pp (two sharing), including transfers and flights.

Madurai Meenakshi Amman Temple, South India

26. Thailand

Average winter temperature: 27C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 9

It’s rare to double-take at a bill for being so inexpensive. But in Thailand, consistently low prices are consistently a pleasing surprise. Balance peak-season flight prices with affordable accommodation at a range of barefoot resorts along the coast.

Choose Krabi for a backdrop of limestone karsts and turquoise waters, head to Koh Chang on the Cambodian border for a laid-back atmosphere, and enjoy crowd-free sunsets from Long Beach on Koh Lanta. Devastated by the 2004 tsunami, Khao Lak has rebounded to become one of the country’s most appealing beach destinations.

The Avani+ Khao Lak Resort has double rooms from £56 per night including breakfast. You can fly from London to Phuket via Abu Dhabi with Etihad from £645 return. Plan a trip with our Thailand travel guide.

thailand

27. Sri Lanka

A giant Buddha watches protectively over the resort town of Bentota, perhaps explaining why this is one of surf-lashed Sri Lanka’s safest spots for winter swims. On an island impacted by two monsoon seasons, this south-western stretch is one of the best options between January and March. 

Close to the capital, Colombo, and the fort city of Galle, pristine golden sands twin well with broader cultural tours. Head into the highlands for a stay in the cooler tea plantations, where the first tea leaves were introduced from China 200 years ago.

A 13-night Classic Sri Lanka trip with Abercrombie & Kent costs from £4,250pp (two sharing), including B&B accommodation, transfers and flights.

Sri Lanka

28. Mauritius

Average winter temperature: 28C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7.5

Inhaling sea air has the power to heal – whether wading through water, meditating in beachside yoga sessions or simply appreciating nature’s beauty. One of seven countries certified by the World Health Organisation for its healthy air quality, this volcanic island is the place to stop and take a deep breath. 

Thriving in a clean environment, interior forests host endemic flora and fauna. Splash through jungle waterfalls and search for birds on a hike through the Black River Gorges National Park. Or justify lazy beach days with a climb to the summit of Le Morne Brabant, where views will leave you happily breathless.

An eight-night half-board twin-centre stay at Lakaz Chamarel Lodge and Sands Suites Resort & Spa with Mahlatini Luxury Travel costs from £2,400 pp, including flights.

Seychelles

29. Seychelles

Average winter temperature: 30C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 6

When British Major-General Charles George Gordon arrived at Praslin’s Vallée de Mai in the late 19th century, he thought he’d found the fabled Garden of Eden. Filled with towering coco de mer palms bearing the world’s heaviest seed, it’s certainly a good match. 

But all 115 islands in the archipelago have their own paradisiacal charm. The easily accessible La Digue is fringed with boulder-strewn beaches, granite-based Silhouette and Mahé offer exceptional hiking, while Frégate and North Island are irresistibly secluded. Below the surface, sharks, turtles and a sweetie-store assortment of colourful nudibranches are the stars of scuba dives.

A 12-night Secret Seychelles trip to Mahé, Praslin and La Digue through Rainbow Tours costs from £2,895pp (two sharing), including B&B, transfers and flights.

30. Maldives

Average winter temperature: 27C Hours of daily winter sunshine: 7

A master of privacy and seclusion, the Maldives has taken ownership of the “one island, one resort” concept. It’s made up of almost 2,000 coral cays ringed around atolls, so there is no shortage of options for fancy property developers. But it’s easy to forget the marine destination can be explored by boat.

the maldives

Yachts, liveaboards and cruise ships glide through the glinting waters, but the cheapest way to sail is on a dhoni. Traditionally constructed from coconut wood, the fishing vessels have been elevated with comfortable cabins and are now used for multi-day tourist trips. Access remote reefs, anchor in empty bays and dine on meals cooked by a Maldivian crew.

A six-day full-board trip through World Expeditions costs from £1,190pp. Flights extra. Plan a trip with our Maldives travel guide.

This articles was first published in December 2023 and has been revised and updated.

  • South America,
  • Facebook Icon
  • WhatsApp Icon

Pemberton, Wigan

Around the globe, hurricane tracker, severe weather, radar & maps, news & features, today's weather.

Increasing cloudiness and warm Hi: 72°

Tonight: Mostly cloudy Lo: 59°

Current Weather

Looking ahead.

Expect showery weather Sunday morning through late Sunday night

Pemberton Weather Radar & Maps

day trips uk winter

Hourly Weather

10-day weather forecast.

Turning cloudy and warm

Night: Mostly cloudy

A couple of showers

Overcast, a couple of showers

Breezy with sun and clouds

Turning cloudy, a shower late

A morning shower in spots

A couple of showers late

Mainly clear and chilly

Partly sunny with a shower

Partly cloudy and chilly

Variable clouds with a shower

Clear to partly cloudy

Sun & Moon

Air quality.

The air has reached a high level of pollution and is unhealthy for sensitive groups. Reduce time spent outside if you are feeling symptoms such as difficulty breathing or throat irritation.

Allergy Outlook

Top Stories

5 reasons behind the historic absence of storms this hurricane season

7 hours ago

day trips uk winter

Weather Forecasts

Saturday rain may dampen football games, outdoor plans in Northeast

6 hours ago

day trips uk winter

Atlantic tropical development risk to focus on areas close to US

8 hours ago

day trips uk winter

Weather News

Italy luxury yacht victims died of ‘dry drowning,’ first autopsies sho...

day trips uk winter

Tropical rainstorm to bring a foot of rain along I-10 in southeast US

day trips uk winter

Featured Stories

Reports of livestock attacks force Colorado to relocate gray wolves

day trips uk winter

‘Remarkable’ ring buried for more than 1,000 years unearthed

day trips uk winter

Scientific discovery that turns mouse skin transparent echoes ‘The Inv...

10 hours ago

day trips uk winter

Lightning strike damages Rome’s ancient Arch of Constantine

day trips uk winter

Researchers create robots controlled by a king oyster mushroom

day trips uk winter

Weather Near Pemberton:

  • Liverpool , Liverpool
  • Manchester , Manchester
  • Preston , Lancashire

We have updated our Privacy Policy and Cookie Policy .

Get AccuWeather alerts as they happen with our browser notifications.

Notifications Enabled

Thanks! We’ll keep you informed.

ComScore

Fri 6 Sept 2024

2024 newspaper of the year

@ Contact us

Your newsletters

Thousands of passengers see flights cancelled on busiest travel day of the year

A yellow weather warning was issued by the met office for southern england and wales on friday, affecting the country’s two busiest airports.

Gatwick has seen multiple delays due to air traffic control restrictions (Photo: Ben Stansall/AFP via Getty Images)

Despite school term time having resumed across nearly all of the country, the busiest day of the year for airline departures from the UK is scheduled to be Friday 6 September, according to aviation analytics firm Cirium.

However, passengers departing from airports across the country on Friday have been facing disruption due to heavy rain in southern England and Wales , with dozens of morning flights cancelled or delayed.

More than half a million seats across 3,261 flights were scheduled to depart UK airports on Friday, the biggest number since October 2019, before the pandemic. The figure is 91 per cent of the levels seen in 2019.

The busiest airport was scheduled to be Heathrow , where many inbound and outbound flights have been cancelled due to adverse weather conditions and air traffic control restrictions on Friday.

Before midday, cancelled services included British Airways flights to Barcelona, Stockholm, Paris, Manchester, Brussels, Oslo, Bucharest, Split, Milan, Prague, Marseille, Dusseldorf and Nice.

Inbound BA flights from Basel, Manchester, Toulouse, Berlin, Paris, Gothenburg, Copenhagen, Munich, Budapest, Stockholm, Brussels, Bareclona, Montreal, and Washington, DC to Heathrow were also cancelled before lunchtime, representing almost 6,000 seats in total.

Seven affordable holidays that are perfect in autumn – without summer’s crowds

Seven affordable holidays that are perfect in autumn – without summer's crowds

However, easyJet is predicted by Cirium to be operating the busiest schedule this weekend, followed by British Airways and Ryanair. At Gatwick , many services were subject to delays and cancellations.

A London Gatwick spokesperson said: “ Due to the bad weather, temporary air traffic control restrictions are in place across Europe and the UK today, which means some flights may be delayed. London Gatwick apologises to passengers for any inconvenience. Passengers should contact their airline for further information.”

Your rights when flights are disrupted

Passengers whose flights have been cancelled at short notice are entitled to a full refund within seven days, or to be re-routed on the earliest available flight – this could be on a different airline. If the replacement flight departs the following day, their airline should arrange overnight accommodation and transport to and from it. If assistance is not forthcoming, passengers can choose to organise this themselves then claim back the cost, which must be reasonable, from the airline.

Passengers whose flights are disrupted by adverse weather are not usually entitled to compensation, since it is beyond the control of airlines.

Most Read By Subscribers

NBC 7 San Diego

Navy Secretary Carlos Del Toro broke Hatch Act in UK trip, report finds

In a report to the white house, the watchdog agency said del toro's comments about the presidential election came in a bbc interview and when he was responding to questions after a speech in london, by lolita c. baldor | the associated press • published september 5, 2024 • updated on september 5, 2024 at 3:38 pm.

Navy Secretary Carlos Del Toro broke the law by publicly endorsing the reelection of President Joe Biden and criticizing former President Donald Trump in several statements he made while on official duty overseas, the U.S. Office of Special Counsel said Thursday.

In a report to the White House, the watchdog agency said Del Toro's comments about the presidential election came in a BBC interview and when he was responding to questions after a speech in London. While he later reported the remarks, his unwillingness to take responsibility for them is troubling, the special counsel said.

24/7 San Diego news stream: Watch NBC 7 free wherever you are

The agency said Del Toro’s comments, which were made before Biden dropped out of the presidential race, violate the Hatch Act, which prohibits U.S. officials from engaging in political activity while they are on duty and from “using their official authority or influence to interfere with or affect the result of an election.”

“The United States and the world need the mature leadership of President Biden," Del Toro said in response to a question after giving a speech at the Royal United Services Institute in late January. He added, “We cannot afford to have a president who aligns himself with autocratic dictators and rulers whose interpretation of democratic principles is suspicious (at) best.”

Get top local stories in San Diego delivered to you every morning. Sign up for NBC San Diego's News Headlines newsletter.

Later, during an interview on “BBC News Sunday,” Del Toro was asked about his comments on Trump's democratic principles. Del Toro responded that in the past, Republican and Democratic presidents abided by core American values and protected democracy.

“When you have someone who doesn’t align to those core principles, it makes you wonder, you know, should you be supporting that individual?” he said.

Del Toro was asked, “You said he had a suspicious attitude to democracy?” And the Navy secretary responded, “Absolutely so.”

U.S. & World

day trips uk winter

Missouri patient tests positive for bird flu despite no known exposure to animals

day trips uk winter

Pakistani man charged with plotting terror attack against Jewish people in NYC ‘in the name of ISIS'

Several days later, Del Toro self-reported the blunder to the special counsel, saying his intention was to focus on the importance of strong international alliances. But, he added, “In retrospect, I believe my response should have been delivered more broadly without reference to specific candidates.”

In a separate written response to the watchdog's findings, the secretary's lawyer, Michael Bromwich, said Del Toro's remarks were “spontaneous and unpremeditated” and did not constitute a violation of the Hatch Act. Bromwich said Del Toro was responding to questions and did not directly speak Trump's name.

Special counsel Hampton Dellinger said in his report that Del Toro “crossed a legal line.” And he said the secretary's "unwillingness to acknowledge a mistake is striking” and troubling.

Asked about the violation, Pentagon spokeswoman Sabrina Singh said at a briefing that the department is reviewing the report. She added that “it’s important that we maintain the trust and confidence of the American people, which requires us to avoid any action that could imply the support of any political party, candidate or campaign.”

Navy Capt. Clay Doss said in a statement that the service got a copy of the report Thursday and “this matter will be addressed through the appropriate process.”

Dellinger said he appreciates that Del Toro reported the comments, “but this fact alone should not absolve him.” Del Toro has also issued his own directive for his Navy force, Dellinger said, noting that "it is more important than ever for us to remember that the DON (Department of the Navy) is an apolitical body. …. Public trust and confidence depend on this.”

The findings come after two Democratic members of Congress sent a letter to the Pentagon’s top two leaders in August, pressing them to ensure the military is not swept up in politics during the presidential election.

Career government officials found to have violated the Hatch Act can be fired, suspended or demoted and fined up to $1,000, though few penalties are ever levied against federal employees.

The White House did not immediately respond to requests for a comment.

This article tagged under:

day trips uk winter

IMAGES

  1. Visiting the UK in winter (Ultimate guide + top tips)

    day trips uk winter

  2. 9 Winter Day Trips From London For Brrrilliant Adventures

    day trips uk winter

  3. The best winter road trips in the UK

    day trips uk winter

  4. Best Winter Day Trips from London You Simply HAVE to Take!

    day trips uk winter

  5. 16 Best Places to Visit in Winter in the UK

    day trips uk winter

  6. Best Day Trips From London During The British Winter

    day trips uk winter

VIDEO

  1. Drayton Manor

COMMENTS

  1. 9 brrrilliant winter day trips from London

    Get there: One hour 56 minutes by train from London Victoria to Margate; around two hrs 40 minutes by car. 8. For crowd haters. When the crowds in central London get too much, ditch Zone 1 for a ...

  2. 16 Best Places to Visit in Winter in the UK

    St. Ives, Cornwall. Harbour at St. Ives in winter. The charming seaside town of St. Ives in Cornwall is not only one of the best places to visit in winter in the UK for its stunning scenery, but it's also one of the mildest spots in the country at this time of year. Temperatures in this most south-westerly corner of the UK are generally a few ...

  3. The 14 most brrrilliant winter getaways in the UK

    The 14 most brrrilliant winter getaways in the UK. Reindeer, Rick Stein and the aurora borealis: check out our top picks for the best winter getaways in the UK for 2023. It's time to wrap up ...

  4. 10 winter day trips from London

    MARGATE, KENT. Reason to go: nothing beats a day by the sea. Train time from London: one hour 28 minutes. Margate is a seaside town that promises fun, fun, fun (even in dreary mid-winter) whether you fancy the retro roller disco at Dreamland amusement park or renting a bicycle to pedal breezily along the promenade.

  5. Visiting the UK in winter (Ultimate guide + top tips)

    If you're visiting the United Kingdom in the winter (the coldest months), you should prepare for cold and damp with temperatures averaging around 5°C (41°F) but as low as -4°C (25°F) in northern parts of Scotland. Expect more than the odd rainy day (after all it is the UK!)

  6. 16 Brilliant Winter Days Out in England for 2024

    York is another fantastic place to visit for a winter day out in England. At any time of year, this city in the north of England is one of the most beautiful, but it's even better to visit in the winter. ... 5 Apps to Help with Day Trips in the UK - 9 May 2024; 5 Tips for Setting Up an Airbnb in the UK - 19 March 2024

  7. 12 Day Trips From London in Winter To Get Cosy in!

    Winter Day Trips From London Tips. The UK has very short days in Winter so it gets dark at about 4:00 pm during December and January, therefore it is best to get up early on your day trip from London in winter so you can enjoy daylight once there. That being said, ...

  8. The 22 Best Day Trips From London

    Elmley Nature Reserve. The best day trip from London for: getting fully immersed in nature. How to get there from London: The train from London St Pancras International to Swale takes 1 hour 50 ...

  9. Best Winter Day Trips from London You Simply HAVE to Take!

    Harry Potter Studio Tour - one of the best Winter day trips from London. Windsor in Winter. Hampton court Palace - one of the best day trips from London in december. Kew Gardens -. Stonehenge. Leeds Castle. Oxford. York Winter Day Trip from London. Manchester - best day trip from London in December.

  10. 10 Best Day Trips from London in the Winter

    The Best Winter Day Trips from London. #1 Day Trip to Windsor in the Winter. #2 Day Trip to Cambridge in the Winter. #3 Day Trip to Bath in the Winter. #4 Day Trip to Hampton Court in the Winter. #5 Day Trip to the Harry Potter Studio in the Winter. #6 Day Trip to Oxford in the Winter.

  11. 5 Winter Day Trips from London

    The 5 best winter day trips from London are: 1. York 2. Rye 3. New Forest 4. Stonehenge 5. Stratford-upon-Avon. I've done all these day trips in the winter, so I'm recommending them to you from personal experience. There's more about each one in the beautiful Escape London: Days Out within Easy Reach of London book. You can get it here. 1 ...

  12. 10 UK Day Trips for a Fun Day Out (2024)

    10 best UK day trips 1. The Cotswolds. Best for: An English countryside experience Top tour to book: From London: Full-Day Cotswolds Small-Group Tour If you're planning a day trip in the UK, you can't go wrong with an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty.

  13. 11 Fantastic UK Winter Road Trip Itineraries

    Here are 11 of the best road trip itineraries for exploring the United Kingdom in the winter! Table of Contents. 11 UK winter road trip itineraries. 1. Northern Scotland. 2. Scotland Highlands. 3. Scotland Cities & Lowlands.

  14. Where to go for a winter holiday in the UK

    Braemar, Scotland. Best for: your nature fix. In Scotland's Cairngorms National Park, Braemar is a cutesy village surrounded by endless greenery waiting to be explored. There are plenty of walking routes which are magical in the winter - think frosted branches, icy lochs and snow-heaped munros.

  15. 10 best day trips from London

    While road trips are also a great option farther afield, in and around London, traffic and exorbitant parking fees mean escaping the city by train (or bus) is usually your best bet. For the cheapest rates, try to book rail tickets at least three months in advance. Then set out on one of these great itineraries, the 10 best day trips from London.

  16. 17 Best Day Trips from London to Get Out of Town

    10. Mersea Island. Attached to the mainland by a causeway that floods (and pub quizzers, take note: this is the UK's most easterly inhabited island), Mersea feels properly remote at high tide ...

  17. 17 Absolute Best Day Trips from London (+ How to Visit, Top Tours & Map)

    Here are the most popular day tours: Dover, Leeds Castle & Canterbury Cathedral - the most popular and best price/quality tour from London. Dover, Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral & Greenwich - quite a full day, but you get to see a lot in a short time. Dover Castle. 13.

  18. Winter Day Trips From London

    Winter Day Trips From London Cotswolds. Exploring the picturesque villages of the Cotswolds is a quintessential experience for anyone's UK bucket list. While strolling through the charming streets and admiring the houses is primarily an outdoor activity, the Cotswolds shine as one of the finest day trips from London in winter.

  19. 10 EPIC UK Winter Road Trips You NEED to Drive

    Scotland Northern Lights Winter Road Trip. Total Distance: 516 miles. Recommended No. of Days: 4-5 days. Best time to visit: December, January, February. For the best chance of seeing the Northern Lights in Scotland, you'll want to go as far north as possible.

  20. 28 Brilliant Day Trips from London

    Tickets cost £28 for adults and £19.50 for kids, but you get a better deal if there's a group of you, which is definitely worth looking into. Average driving time from central London: 1 hour 15 minutes. Hassle-free option: Tour Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral and Dover with transfers from London.

  21. UK & Ireland Winter Tours

    1 day tours from Edinburgh. View all; Loch Ness, Glencoe & the Highlands - 1 day tour; ... Winter Tours in UK & Ireland. Warm the Soul with a Winter Tour of Britain & Ireland. Crisp, cooling air on your skin and the roaring fire crackling in the corner of the local pub. ... Our winter tours are vital for local communities in quieter seasons ...

  22. 16 Best Day Trips from York, UK: Local Favourites & Hidden Gems

    2. The North York Moors National Park. Whitby Abbey. For pure escapism, one of the best day trips from York is a visit to the magnificent North York Moors National Park. Millions of visitors flock to the north of England each year to enjoy the wide-open spaces of Yorkshire's beautiful national parks.

  23. 12 Best Day Trips In England

    2.) Bath. Not too far from the Cotswolds, Bath is a Roman city that's totally steeped in history. It's a totally stunning city and one of the best day trips in England as it's only a few hours by train from central London. Once here, you've got to go visit the Roman baths that you can still tour to this day.

  24. The 30 best winter sun destinations

    A 15-day Cities, Civilisations and the Caribbean Coast tour with Original Travel costs from £4,490pp (two sharing), including B&B accommodation, transfers and flights. Plan a trip with our Mexico ...

  25. Pemberton, Wigan, United Kingdom Weather Forecast

    Pemberton, Wigan, United Kingdom Weather Forecast, with current conditions, wind, air quality, and what to expect for the next 3 days.

  26. Thousands of passengers see flights cancelled on busiest travel day of

    More than half a million seats across 3,261 flights were scheduled to depart UK airports on Friday, the biggest number since October 2019, before the pandemic. The figure is 91 per cent of the ...

  27. Navy Secretary Carlos Del Toro broke Hatch Act in UK trip, report finds

    In a report to the White House, the watchdog agency said Del Toro's comments about the presidential election came in a BBC interview and when he was responding to questions after a speech in London.